Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | :mod:`os` --- Miscellaneous operating system interfaces |
| 2 | ======================================================= |
| 3 | |
| 4 | .. module:: os |
| 5 | :synopsis: Miscellaneous operating system interfaces. |
| 6 | |
| 7 | |
Christian Heimes | a62da1d | 2008-01-12 19:39:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 8 | This module provides a portable way of using operating system dependent |
| 9 | functionality. If you just want to read or write a file see :func:`open`, if |
| 10 | you want to manipulate paths, see the :mod:`os.path` module, and if you want to |
| 11 | read all the lines in all the files on the command line see the :mod:`fileinput` |
| 12 | module. For creating temporary files and directories see the :mod:`tempfile` |
| 13 | module, and for high-level file and directory handling see the :mod:`shutil` |
| 14 | module. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 1baf465 | 2009-12-31 03:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | Notes on the availability of these functions: |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 1baf465 | 2009-12-31 03:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | * The design of all built-in operating system dependent modules of Python is |
| 19 | such that as long as the same functionality is available, it uses the same |
| 20 | interface; for example, the function ``os.stat(path)`` returns stat |
| 21 | information about *path* in the same format (which happens to have originated |
| 22 | with the POSIX interface). |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 1baf465 | 2009-12-31 03:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | * Extensions peculiar to a particular operating system are also available |
| 25 | through the :mod:`os` module, but using them is of course a threat to |
| 26 | portability. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 1baf465 | 2009-12-31 03:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 28 | * All functions accepting path or file names accept both bytes and string |
| 29 | objects, and result in an object of the same type, if a path or file name is |
| 30 | returned. |
Georg Brandl | 76e5538 | 2008-10-08 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 1baf465 | 2009-12-31 03:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 32 | * An "Availability: Unix" note means that this function is commonly found on |
| 33 | Unix systems. It does not make any claims about its existence on a specific |
| 34 | operating system. |
| 35 | |
| 36 | * If not separately noted, all functions that claim "Availability: Unix" are |
| 37 | supported on Mac OS X, which builds on a Unix core. |
| 38 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | .. Availability notes get their own line and occur at the end of the function |
| 40 | .. documentation. |
| 41 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 42 | .. note:: |
| 43 | |
Christian Heimes | a62da1d | 2008-01-12 19:39:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 44 | All functions in this module raise :exc:`OSError` in the case of invalid or |
| 45 | inaccessible file names and paths, or other arguments that have the correct |
| 46 | type, but are not accepted by the operating system. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 48 | .. exception:: error |
| 49 | |
Christian Heimes | a62da1d | 2008-01-12 19:39:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 50 | An alias for the built-in :exc:`OSError` exception. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 51 | |
| 52 | |
| 53 | .. data:: name |
| 54 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 1baf465 | 2009-12-31 03:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 55 | The name of the operating system dependent module imported. The following |
Ned Deily | 5c86701 | 2014-06-26 23:40:06 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 56 | names have currently been registered: ``'posix'``, ``'nt'``, |
Jesus Cea | f6c2e89 | 2012-10-05 01:11:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 57 | ``'ce'``, ``'java'``. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 58 | |
Antoine Pitrou | a83cdaa | 2011-07-09 15:54:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 59 | .. seealso:: |
| 60 | :attr:`sys.platform` has a finer granularity. :func:`os.uname` gives |
| 61 | system-dependent version information. |
| 62 | |
| 63 | The :mod:`platform` module provides detailed checks for the |
| 64 | system's identity. |
| 65 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 66 | |
Martin v. Löwis | 011e842 | 2009-05-05 04:43:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 67 | .. _os-filenames: |
Victor Stinner | 6bfd854 | 2014-06-19 12:50:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 68 | .. _filesystem-encoding: |
Martin v. Löwis | 011e842 | 2009-05-05 04:43:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 | |
| 70 | File Names, Command Line Arguments, and Environment Variables |
| 71 | ------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 72 | |
Georg Brandl | 67b21b7 | 2010-08-17 15:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 73 | In Python, file names, command line arguments, and environment variables are |
| 74 | represented using the string type. On some systems, decoding these strings to |
| 75 | and from bytes is necessary before passing them to the operating system. Python |
| 76 | uses the file system encoding to perform this conversion (see |
| 77 | :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding`). |
Martin v. Löwis | 011e842 | 2009-05-05 04:43:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 78 | |
| 79 | .. versionchanged:: 3.1 |
Georg Brandl | 67b21b7 | 2010-08-17 15:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 80 | On some systems, conversion using the file system encoding may fail. In this |
Victor Stinner | f6a271a | 2014-08-01 12:28:48 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 81 | case, Python uses the :ref:`surrogateescape encoding error handler |
| 82 | <surrogateescape>`, which means that undecodable bytes are replaced by a |
| 83 | Unicode character U+DCxx on decoding, and these are again translated to the |
| 84 | original byte on encoding. |
Martin v. Löwis | 011e842 | 2009-05-05 04:43:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 85 | |
| 86 | |
Georg Brandl | 67b21b7 | 2010-08-17 15:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 87 | The file system encoding must guarantee to successfully decode all bytes |
| 88 | below 128. If the file system encoding fails to provide this guarantee, API |
| 89 | functions may raise UnicodeErrors. |
Martin v. Löwis | 011e842 | 2009-05-05 04:43:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 90 | |
| 91 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 92 | .. _os-procinfo: |
| 93 | |
| 94 | Process Parameters |
| 95 | ------------------ |
| 96 | |
| 97 | These functions and data items provide information and operate on the current |
| 98 | process and user. |
| 99 | |
| 100 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 101 | .. function:: ctermid() |
| 102 | |
| 103 | Return the filename corresponding to the controlling terminal of the process. |
| 104 | |
| 105 | Availability: Unix. |
| 106 | |
| 107 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 108 | .. data:: environ |
| 109 | |
Chris Jerdonek | 11f3f17 | 2012-11-03 12:05:55 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 110 | A :term:`mapping` object representing the string environment. For example, |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 111 | ``environ['HOME']`` is the pathname of your home directory (on some platforms), |
| 112 | and is equivalent to ``getenv("HOME")`` in C. |
| 113 | |
| 114 | This mapping is captured the first time the :mod:`os` module is imported, |
| 115 | typically during Python startup as part of processing :file:`site.py`. Changes |
| 116 | to the environment made after this time are not reflected in ``os.environ``, |
| 117 | except for changes made by modifying ``os.environ`` directly. |
| 118 | |
| 119 | If the platform supports the :func:`putenv` function, this mapping may be used |
| 120 | to modify the environment as well as query the environment. :func:`putenv` will |
| 121 | be called automatically when the mapping is modified. |
| 122 | |
Victor Stinner | 84ae118 | 2010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 123 | On Unix, keys and values use :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding` and |
| 124 | ``'surrogateescape'`` error handler. Use :data:`environb` if you would like |
| 125 | to use a different encoding. |
| 126 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 127 | .. note:: |
| 128 | |
| 129 | Calling :func:`putenv` directly does not change ``os.environ``, so it's better |
| 130 | to modify ``os.environ``. |
| 131 | |
| 132 | .. note:: |
| 133 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 134 | On some platforms, including FreeBSD and Mac OS X, setting ``environ`` may |
| 135 | cause memory leaks. Refer to the system documentation for |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 136 | :c:func:`putenv`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 137 | |
| 138 | If :func:`putenv` is not provided, a modified copy of this mapping may be |
| 139 | passed to the appropriate process-creation functions to cause child processes |
| 140 | to use a modified environment. |
| 141 | |
Georg Brandl | 9afde1c | 2007-11-01 20:32:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 142 | If the platform supports the :func:`unsetenv` function, you can delete items in |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | this mapping to unset environment variables. :func:`unsetenv` will be called |
Georg Brandl | 9afde1c | 2007-11-01 20:32:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 144 | automatically when an item is deleted from ``os.environ``, and when |
| 145 | one of the :meth:`pop` or :meth:`clear` methods is called. |
| 146 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 147 | |
Victor Stinner | 84ae118 | 2010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 148 | .. data:: environb |
| 149 | |
Chris Jerdonek | 11f3f17 | 2012-11-03 12:05:55 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 150 | Bytes version of :data:`environ`: a :term:`mapping` object representing the |
Victor Stinner | 84ae118 | 2010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 151 | environment as byte strings. :data:`environ` and :data:`environb` are |
| 152 | synchronized (modify :data:`environb` updates :data:`environ`, and vice |
| 153 | versa). |
| 154 | |
Victor Stinner | b745a74 | 2010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 155 | :data:`environb` is only available if :data:`supports_bytes_environ` is |
| 156 | True. |
Victor Stinner | 84ae118 | 2010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 157 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 662c74f | 2010-05-06 22:09:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 158 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 159 | |
Victor Stinner | 84ae118 | 2010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 160 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 161 | .. function:: chdir(path) |
| 162 | fchdir(fd) |
| 163 | getcwd() |
| 164 | :noindex: |
| 165 | |
| 166 | These functions are described in :ref:`os-file-dir`. |
| 167 | |
| 168 | |
Victor Stinner | e8d5145 | 2010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | .. function:: fsencode(filename) |
Victor Stinner | 449c466 | 2010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 170 | |
Victor Stinner | e8d5145 | 2010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 171 | Encode *filename* to the filesystem encoding with ``'surrogateescape'`` |
Victor Stinner | 62165d6 | 2010-10-09 10:34:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 172 | error handler, or ``'strict'`` on Windows; return :class:`bytes` unchanged. |
Victor Stinner | e8d5145 | 2010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 173 | |
Antoine Pitrou | a305ca7 | 2010-09-25 22:12:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 174 | :func:`fsdecode` is the reverse function. |
Victor Stinner | e8d5145 | 2010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 175 | |
| 176 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 177 | |
| 178 | |
| 179 | .. function:: fsdecode(filename) |
| 180 | |
| 181 | Decode *filename* from the filesystem encoding with ``'surrogateescape'`` |
Victor Stinner | 62165d6 | 2010-10-09 10:34:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 182 | error handler, or ``'strict'`` on Windows; return :class:`str` unchanged. |
Victor Stinner | e8d5145 | 2010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 183 | |
| 184 | :func:`fsencode` is the reverse function. |
Victor Stinner | 449c466 | 2010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 185 | |
| 186 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 187 | |
| 188 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 189 | .. function:: getenv(key, default=None) |
| 190 | |
| 191 | Return the value of the environment variable *key* if it exists, or |
| 192 | *default* if it doesn't. *key*, *default* and the result are str. |
| 193 | |
| 194 | On Unix, keys and values are decoded with :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding` |
| 195 | and ``'surrogateescape'`` error handler. Use :func:`os.getenvb` if you |
| 196 | would like to use a different encoding. |
| 197 | |
| 198 | Availability: most flavors of Unix, Windows. |
| 199 | |
| 200 | |
| 201 | .. function:: getenvb(key, default=None) |
| 202 | |
| 203 | Return the value of the environment variable *key* if it exists, or |
| 204 | *default* if it doesn't. *key*, *default* and the result are bytes. |
| 205 | |
| 206 | Availability: most flavors of Unix. |
| 207 | |
| 208 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 209 | |
| 210 | |
Gregory P. Smith | b6e8c7e | 2010-02-27 07:22:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 211 | .. function:: get_exec_path(env=None) |
| 212 | |
| 213 | Returns the list of directories that will be searched for a named |
| 214 | executable, similar to a shell, when launching a process. |
| 215 | *env*, when specified, should be an environment variable dictionary |
| 216 | to lookup the PATH in. |
| 217 | By default, when *env* is None, :data:`environ` is used. |
| 218 | |
| 219 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 220 | |
| 221 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 222 | .. function:: getegid() |
| 223 | |
| 224 | Return the effective group id of the current process. This corresponds to the |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 225 | "set id" bit on the file being executed in the current process. |
| 226 | |
| 227 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 228 | |
| 229 | |
| 230 | .. function:: geteuid() |
| 231 | |
| 232 | .. index:: single: user; effective id |
| 233 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 234 | Return the current process's effective user id. |
| 235 | |
| 236 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 237 | |
| 238 | |
| 239 | .. function:: getgid() |
| 240 | |
| 241 | .. index:: single: process; group |
| 242 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 243 | Return the real group id of the current process. |
| 244 | |
| 245 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 246 | |
| 247 | |
Ross Lagerwall | b0ae53d | 2011-06-10 07:30:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 248 | .. function:: getgrouplist(user, group) |
| 249 | |
| 250 | Return list of group ids that *user* belongs to. If *group* is not in the |
| 251 | list, it is included; typically, *group* is specified as the group ID |
| 252 | field from the password record for *user*. |
| 253 | |
| 254 | Availability: Unix. |
| 255 | |
| 256 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 257 | |
| 258 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 259 | .. function:: getgroups() |
| 260 | |
| 261 | Return list of supplemental group ids associated with the current process. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 262 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 263 | Availability: Unix. |
| 264 | |
Larry Hastings | 3732ed2 | 2014-03-15 21:13:56 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 265 | .. note:: |
| 266 | |
| 267 | On Mac OS X, :func:`getgroups` behavior differs somewhat from |
Ned Deily | 2e20968 | 2012-04-30 11:14:02 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 268 | other Unix platforms. If the Python interpreter was built with a |
| 269 | deployment target of :const:`10.5` or earlier, :func:`getgroups` returns |
| 270 | the list of effective group ids associated with the current user process; |
| 271 | this list is limited to a system-defined number of entries, typically 16, |
| 272 | and may be modified by calls to :func:`setgroups` if suitably privileged. |
| 273 | If built with a deployment target greater than :const:`10.5`, |
| 274 | :func:`getgroups` returns the current group access list for the user |
| 275 | associated with the effective user id of the process; the group access |
| 276 | list may change over the lifetime of the process, it is not affected by |
| 277 | calls to :func:`setgroups`, and its length is not limited to 16. The |
| 278 | deployment target value, :const:`MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET`, can be |
| 279 | obtained with :func:`sysconfig.get_config_var`. |
| 280 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 281 | |
| 282 | .. function:: getlogin() |
| 283 | |
| 284 | Return the name of the user logged in on the controlling terminal of the |
Benjamin Peterson | e218bcb | 2014-08-30 21:04:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 285 | process. For most purposes, it is more useful to use the environment |
| 286 | variables :envvar:`LOGNAME` or :envvar:`USERNAME` to find out who the user |
| 287 | is, or ``pwd.getpwuid(os.getuid())[0]`` to get the login name of the current |
| 288 | real user id. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 289 | |
Brian Curtin | e8e4b3b | 2010-09-23 20:04:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 290 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 291 | |
| 292 | |
| 293 | .. function:: getpgid(pid) |
| 294 | |
| 295 | Return the process group id of the process with process id *pid*. If *pid* is 0, |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 296 | the process group id of the current process is returned. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 297 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 298 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 299 | |
| 300 | .. function:: getpgrp() |
| 301 | |
| 302 | .. index:: single: process; group |
| 303 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 304 | Return the id of the current process group. |
| 305 | |
| 306 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 307 | |
| 308 | |
| 309 | .. function:: getpid() |
| 310 | |
| 311 | .. index:: single: process; id |
| 312 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 313 | Return the current process id. |
| 314 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 315 | |
| 316 | .. function:: getppid() |
| 317 | |
| 318 | .. index:: single: process; id of parent |
| 319 | |
Amaury Forgeot d'Arc | 4b6fdf3 | 2010-09-07 21:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 320 | Return the parent's process id. When the parent process has exited, on Unix |
| 321 | the id returned is the one of the init process (1), on Windows it is still |
| 322 | the same id, which may be already reused by another process. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 323 | |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 324 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 325 | |
Amaury Forgeot d'Arc | 4b6fdf3 | 2010-09-07 21:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 326 | .. versionchanged:: 3.2 |
| 327 | Added support for Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 1b83a45 | 2009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 328 | |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 329 | |
Giampaolo Rodolà | 18e8bcb | 2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 330 | .. function:: getpriority(which, who) |
| 331 | |
| 332 | .. index:: single: process; scheduling priority |
| 333 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 334 | Get program scheduling priority. The value *which* is one of |
Giampaolo Rodolà | 18e8bcb | 2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 335 | :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, or :const:`PRIO_USER`, and *who* |
| 336 | is interpreted relative to *which* (a process identifier for |
| 337 | :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, process group identifier for :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, and a |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 338 | user ID for :const:`PRIO_USER`). A zero value for *who* denotes |
Giampaolo Rodolà | 18e8bcb | 2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 339 | (respectively) the calling process, the process group of the calling process, |
| 340 | or the real user ID of the calling process. |
| 341 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 342 | Availability: Unix. |
Giampaolo Rodolà | 18e8bcb | 2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 343 | |
| 344 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 345 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 346 | |
| 347 | .. data:: PRIO_PROCESS |
| 348 | PRIO_PGRP |
| 349 | PRIO_USER |
| 350 | |
| 351 | Parameters for the :func:`getpriority` and :func:`setpriority` functions. |
| 352 | |
| 353 | Availability: Unix. |
| 354 | |
| 355 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 356 | |
| 357 | |
Gregory P. Smith | cf02c6a | 2009-11-27 17:54:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 358 | .. function:: getresuid() |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 359 | |
| 360 | Return a tuple (ruid, euid, suid) denoting the current process's |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 361 | real, effective, and saved user ids. |
| 362 | |
| 363 | Availability: Unix. |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 364 | |
Georg Brandl | 1b83a45 | 2009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 365 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 366 | |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 367 | |
Gregory P. Smith | cf02c6a | 2009-11-27 17:54:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 368 | .. function:: getresgid() |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 369 | |
| 370 | Return a tuple (rgid, egid, sgid) denoting the current process's |
Georg Brandl | a9b51d2 | 2010-09-05 17:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 371 | real, effective, and saved group ids. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 372 | |
| 373 | Availability: Unix. |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 374 | |
Georg Brandl | 1b83a45 | 2009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 375 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 376 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 377 | |
| 378 | .. function:: getuid() |
| 379 | |
| 380 | .. index:: single: user; id |
| 381 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 4bb09c8 | 2014-06-07 13:50:34 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 382 | Return the current process's real user id. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 383 | |
| 384 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 385 | |
| 386 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 387 | .. function:: initgroups(username, gid) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 388 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 389 | Call the system initgroups() to initialize the group access list with all of |
| 390 | the groups of which the specified username is a member, plus the specified |
| 391 | group id. |
Giampaolo Rodolà | 18e8bcb | 2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | |
| 393 | Availability: Unix. |
| 394 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 395 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 396 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 397 | |
Georg Brandl | 1824415 | 2009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 398 | .. function:: putenv(key, value) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 399 | |
| 400 | .. index:: single: environment variables; setting |
| 401 | |
Georg Brandl | 1824415 | 2009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 402 | Set the environment variable named *key* to the string *value*. Such |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | changes to the environment affect subprocesses started with :func:`os.system`, |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | :func:`popen` or :func:`fork` and :func:`execv`. |
| 405 | |
| 406 | Availability: most flavors of Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 407 | |
| 408 | .. note:: |
| 409 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 410 | On some platforms, including FreeBSD and Mac OS X, setting ``environ`` may |
| 411 | cause memory leaks. Refer to the system documentation for putenv. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | |
| 413 | When :func:`putenv` is supported, assignments to items in ``os.environ`` are |
| 414 | automatically translated into corresponding calls to :func:`putenv`; however, |
| 415 | calls to :func:`putenv` don't update ``os.environ``, so it is actually |
| 416 | preferable to assign to items of ``os.environ``. |
| 417 | |
| 418 | |
| 419 | .. function:: setegid(egid) |
| 420 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 421 | Set the current process's effective group id. |
| 422 | |
| 423 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 424 | |
| 425 | |
| 426 | .. function:: seteuid(euid) |
| 427 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 428 | Set the current process's effective user id. |
| 429 | |
| 430 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 431 | |
| 432 | |
| 433 | .. function:: setgid(gid) |
| 434 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 435 | Set the current process' group id. |
| 436 | |
| 437 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 438 | |
| 439 | |
| 440 | .. function:: setgroups(groups) |
| 441 | |
| 442 | Set the list of supplemental group ids associated with the current process to |
| 443 | *groups*. *groups* must be a sequence, and each element must be an integer |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 444 | identifying a group. This operation is typically available only to the superuser. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 445 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 446 | Availability: Unix. |
| 447 | |
Ned Deily | 2e20968 | 2012-04-30 11:14:02 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 448 | .. note:: On Mac OS X, the length of *groups* may not exceed the |
| 449 | system-defined maximum number of effective group ids, typically 16. |
| 450 | See the documentation for :func:`getgroups` for cases where it may not |
| 451 | return the same group list set by calling setgroups(). |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 452 | |
| 453 | .. function:: setpgrp() |
| 454 | |
Andrew Svetlov | a2fe334 | 2012-08-11 21:14:08 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 455 | Call the system call :c:func:`setpgrp` or ``setpgrp(0, 0)`` depending on |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 456 | which version is implemented (if any). See the Unix manual for the semantics. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 457 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 458 | Availability: Unix. |
| 459 | |
| 460 | |
| 461 | .. function:: setpgid(pid, pgrp) |
| 462 | |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 463 | Call the system call :c:func:`setpgid` to set the process group id of the |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 464 | process with id *pid* to the process group with id *pgrp*. See the Unix manual |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 465 | for the semantics. |
| 466 | |
| 467 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 468 | |
| 469 | |
Giampaolo Rodolà | 18e8bcb | 2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 470 | .. function:: setpriority(which, who, priority) |
| 471 | |
| 472 | .. index:: single: process; scheduling priority |
| 473 | |
| 474 | Set program scheduling priority. The value *which* is one of |
| 475 | :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, or :const:`PRIO_USER`, and *who* |
| 476 | is interpreted relative to *which* (a process identifier for |
| 477 | :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, process group identifier for :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, and a |
| 478 | user ID for :const:`PRIO_USER`). A zero value for *who* denotes |
| 479 | (respectively) the calling process, the process group of the calling process, |
| 480 | or the real user ID of the calling process. |
| 481 | *priority* is a value in the range -20 to 19. The default priority is 0; |
| 482 | lower priorities cause more favorable scheduling. |
| 483 | |
| 484 | Availability: Unix |
| 485 | |
| 486 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 487 | |
| 488 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 489 | .. function:: setregid(rgid, egid) |
| 490 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 491 | Set the current process's real and effective group ids. |
| 492 | |
| 493 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 494 | |
Georg Brandl | 1b83a45 | 2009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 496 | .. function:: setresgid(rgid, egid, sgid) |
| 497 | |
| 498 | Set the current process's real, effective, and saved group ids. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 499 | |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 500 | Availability: Unix. |
| 501 | |
Georg Brandl | 1b83a45 | 2009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 502 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 503 | |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 504 | |
| 505 | .. function:: setresuid(ruid, euid, suid) |
| 506 | |
| 507 | Set the current process's real, effective, and saved user ids. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 508 | |
Georg Brandl | 6faee4e | 2010-09-21 14:48:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 509 | Availability: Unix. |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 510 | |
Georg Brandl | 1b83a45 | 2009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 511 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 512 | |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 513 | |
| 514 | .. function:: setreuid(ruid, euid) |
| 515 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 516 | Set the current process's real and effective user ids. |
| 517 | |
| 518 | Availability: Unix. |
Martin v. Löwis | 7aed61a | 2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 519 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 520 | |
| 521 | .. function:: getsid(pid) |
| 522 | |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 523 | Call the system call :c:func:`getsid`. See the Unix manual for the semantics. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 524 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | Availability: Unix. |
| 526 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 527 | |
| 528 | .. function:: setsid() |
| 529 | |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 530 | Call the system call :c:func:`setsid`. See the Unix manual for the semantics. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 531 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 | Availability: Unix. |
| 533 | |
| 534 | |
| 535 | .. function:: setuid(uid) |
| 536 | |
| 537 | .. index:: single: user; id, setting |
| 538 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 539 | Set the current process's user id. |
| 540 | |
| 541 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 542 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 543 | |
Christian Heimes | 5b5e81c | 2007-12-31 16:14:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 544 | .. placed in this section since it relates to errno.... a little weak |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 545 | .. function:: strerror(code) |
| 546 | |
| 547 | Return the error message corresponding to the error code in *code*. |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 548 | On platforms where :c:func:`strerror` returns ``NULL`` when given an unknown |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | error number, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. |
| 550 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 551 | |
Victor Stinner | b745a74 | 2010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | .. data:: supports_bytes_environ |
| 553 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | fbc1c26 | 2013-11-29 12:17:13 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 554 | ``True`` if the native OS type of the environment is bytes (eg. ``False`` on |
Victor Stinner | b745a74 | 2010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | Windows). |
| 556 | |
Victor Stinner | 8fddc9e | 2010-05-18 17:24:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 557 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 558 | |
Victor Stinner | b745a74 | 2010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 559 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | .. function:: umask(mask) |
| 561 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 562 | Set the current numeric umask and return the previous umask. |
| 563 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 564 | |
| 565 | .. function:: uname() |
| 566 | |
| 567 | .. index:: |
| 568 | single: gethostname() (in module socket) |
| 569 | single: gethostbyaddr() (in module socket) |
| 570 | |
Larry Hastings | 605a62d | 2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 571 | Returns information identifying the current operating system. |
| 572 | The return value is an object with five attributes: |
| 573 | |
| 574 | * :attr:`sysname` - operating system name |
| 575 | * :attr:`nodename` - name of machine on network (implementation-defined) |
| 576 | * :attr:`release` - operating system release |
| 577 | * :attr:`version` - operating system version |
| 578 | * :attr:`machine` - hardware identifier |
| 579 | |
| 580 | For backwards compatibility, this object is also iterable, behaving |
| 581 | like a five-tuple containing :attr:`sysname`, :attr:`nodename`, |
| 582 | :attr:`release`, :attr:`version`, and :attr:`machine` |
| 583 | in that order. |
| 584 | |
| 585 | Some systems truncate :attr:`nodename` to 8 characters or to the |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 586 | leading component; a better way to get the hostname is |
| 587 | :func:`socket.gethostname` or even |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | ``socket.gethostbyaddr(socket.gethostname())``. |
| 589 | |
| 590 | Availability: recent flavors of Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 591 | |
Larry Hastings | 605a62d | 2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 592 | .. versionchanged:: 3.3 |
| 593 | Return type changed from a tuple to a tuple-like object |
| 594 | with named attributes. |
| 595 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 596 | |
Georg Brandl | 1824415 | 2009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 597 | .. function:: unsetenv(key) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 598 | |
| 599 | .. index:: single: environment variables; deleting |
| 600 | |
Georg Brandl | 1824415 | 2009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 601 | Unset (delete) the environment variable named *key*. Such changes to the |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 602 | environment affect subprocesses started with :func:`os.system`, :func:`popen` or |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 603 | :func:`fork` and :func:`execv`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 604 | |
| 605 | When :func:`unsetenv` is supported, deletion of items in ``os.environ`` is |
| 606 | automatically translated into a corresponding call to :func:`unsetenv`; however, |
| 607 | calls to :func:`unsetenv` don't update ``os.environ``, so it is actually |
| 608 | preferable to delete items of ``os.environ``. |
| 609 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 610 | Availability: most flavors of Unix, Windows. |
| 611 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 612 | |
| 613 | .. _os-newstreams: |
| 614 | |
| 615 | File Object Creation |
| 616 | -------------------- |
| 617 | |
Georg Brandl | a570e98 | 2012-06-24 13:26:22 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 618 | This function creates new :term:`file objects <file object>`. (See also |
Georg Brandl | b2462e2 | 2012-06-24 13:24:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 619 | :func:`~os.open` for opening file descriptors.) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 620 | |
| 621 | |
Petri Lehtinen | 1a01ebc | 2012-05-24 21:44:07 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 622 | .. function:: fdopen(fd, *args, **kwargs) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 623 | |
Georg Brandl | b2462e2 | 2012-06-24 13:24:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 624 | Return an open file object connected to the file descriptor *fd*. This is an |
| 625 | alias of the :func:`open` built-in function and accepts the same arguments. |
| 626 | The only difference is that the first argument of :func:`fdopen` must always |
| 627 | be an integer. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 628 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 629 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 630 | .. _os-fd-ops: |
| 631 | |
| 632 | File Descriptor Operations |
| 633 | -------------------------- |
| 634 | |
| 635 | These functions operate on I/O streams referenced using file descriptors. |
| 636 | |
| 637 | File descriptors are small integers corresponding to a file that has been opened |
| 638 | by the current process. For example, standard input is usually file descriptor |
| 639 | 0, standard output is 1, and standard error is 2. Further files opened by a |
| 640 | process will then be assigned 3, 4, 5, and so forth. The name "file descriptor" |
| 641 | is slightly deceptive; on Unix platforms, sockets and pipes are also referenced |
| 642 | by file descriptors. |
| 643 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 644 | The :meth:`~io.IOBase.fileno` method can be used to obtain the file descriptor |
Antoine Pitrou | 11cb961 | 2010-09-15 11:11:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 645 | associated with a :term:`file object` when required. Note that using the file |
Benjamin Peterson | 08bf91c | 2010-04-11 16:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 646 | descriptor directly will bypass the file object methods, ignoring aspects such |
| 647 | as internal buffering of data. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 648 | |
Antoine Pitrou | f65132d | 2011-02-25 23:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 649 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 650 | .. function:: close(fd) |
| 651 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 652 | Close file descriptor *fd*. |
| 653 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 654 | .. note:: |
| 655 | |
| 656 | This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file |
Benjamin Peterson | fa0d703 | 2009-06-01 22:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 657 | descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To close a "file |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 658 | object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by :func:`popen` or |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 659 | :func:`fdopen`, use its :meth:`~io.IOBase.close` method. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 660 | |
| 661 | |
Christian Heimes | fdab48e | 2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | .. function:: closerange(fd_low, fd_high) |
| 663 | |
| 664 | Close all file descriptors from *fd_low* (inclusive) to *fd_high* (exclusive), |
Georg Brandl | b1a1ac0 | 2012-06-24 11:54:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 665 | ignoring errors. Equivalent to (but much faster than):: |
Christian Heimes | fdab48e | 2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | |
Georg Brandl | c9a5a0e | 2009-09-01 07:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 667 | for fd in range(fd_low, fd_high): |
Christian Heimes | fdab48e | 2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 668 | try: |
| 669 | os.close(fd) |
| 670 | except OSError: |
| 671 | pass |
| 672 | |
Christian Heimes | fdab48e | 2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 673 | |
Georg Brandl | 81f1130 | 2007-12-21 08:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 674 | .. function:: device_encoding(fd) |
| 675 | |
| 676 | Return a string describing the encoding of the device associated with *fd* |
| 677 | if it is connected to a terminal; else return :const:`None`. |
| 678 | |
| 679 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 680 | .. function:: dup(fd) |
| 681 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 682 | Return a duplicate of file descriptor *fd*. The new file descriptor is |
| 683 | :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. |
| 684 | |
| 685 | On Windows, when duplicating a standard stream (0: stdin, 1: stdout, |
| 686 | 2: stderr), the new file descriptor is :ref:`inheritable |
| 687 | <fd_inheritance>`. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 688 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 689 | .. versionchanged:: 3.4 |
| 690 | The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 692 | |
| 693 | .. function:: dup2(fd, fd2, inheritable=True) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 694 | |
| 695 | Duplicate file descriptor *fd* to *fd2*, closing the latter first if necessary. |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | The file descriptor *fd2* is :ref:`inheritable <fd_inheritance>` by default, |
| 697 | or non-inheritable if *inheritable* is ``False``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | .. versionchanged:: 3.4 |
| 700 | Add the optional *inheritable* parameter. |
| 701 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | |
Christian Heimes | 4e30a84 | 2007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 703 | .. function:: fchmod(fd, mode) |
| 704 | |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 705 | Change the mode of the file given by *fd* to the numeric *mode*. See the |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 706 | docs for :func:`chmod` for possible values of *mode*. As of Python 3.3, this |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 707 | is equivalent to ``os.chmod(fd, mode)``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 708 | |
| 709 | Availability: Unix. |
Christian Heimes | 4e30a84 | 2007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 710 | |
| 711 | |
| 712 | .. function:: fchown(fd, uid, gid) |
| 713 | |
| 714 | Change the owner and group id of the file given by *fd* to the numeric *uid* |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | and *gid*. To leave one of the ids unchanged, set it to -1. See |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 716 | :func:`chown`. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.chown(fd, uid, |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 717 | gid)``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 718 | |
Christian Heimes | 4e30a84 | 2007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 719 | Availability: Unix. |
| 720 | |
| 721 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 722 | .. function:: fdatasync(fd) |
| 723 | |
| 724 | Force write of file with filedescriptor *fd* to disk. Does not force update of |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 725 | metadata. |
| 726 | |
| 727 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 728 | |
Benjamin Peterson | fa0d703 | 2009-06-01 22:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 729 | .. note:: |
| 730 | This function is not available on MacOS. |
| 731 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | |
| 733 | .. function:: fpathconf(fd, name) |
| 734 | |
| 735 | Return system configuration information relevant to an open file. *name* |
| 736 | specifies the configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the |
| 737 | name of a defined system value; these names are specified in a number of |
| 738 | standards (POSIX.1, Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define |
| 739 | additional names as well. The names known to the host operating system are |
| 740 | given in the ``pathconf_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not |
| 741 | included in that mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 742 | |
| 743 | If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a |
| 744 | specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is |
| 745 | included in ``pathconf_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with |
| 746 | :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number. |
| 747 | |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 748 | As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.pathconf(fd, name)``. |
Georg Brandl | 306336b | 2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 749 | |
Senthil Kumaran | 2a97cee | 2013-09-19 00:08:56 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 750 | Availability: Unix. |
| 751 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 752 | |
Victor Stinner | 4195b5c | 2012-02-08 23:03:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 753 | .. function:: fstat(fd) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 754 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 755 | Get the status of the file descriptor *fd*. Return a :class:`stat_result` |
| 756 | object. |
| 757 | |
| 758 | As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.stat(fd)``. |
| 759 | |
| 760 | .. seealso:: |
| 761 | |
Berker Peksag | 2034caa | 2015-04-27 13:53:28 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 762 | The :func:`.stat` function. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 763 | |
Georg Brandl | b1a1ac0 | 2012-06-24 11:54:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 764 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 765 | .. function:: fstatvfs(fd) |
| 766 | |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 767 | Return information about the filesystem containing the file associated with |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 768 | file descriptor *fd*, like :func:`statvfs`. As of Python 3.3, this is |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 769 | equivalent to ``os.statvfs(fd)``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 770 | |
| 771 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 772 | |
| 773 | |
| 774 | .. function:: fsync(fd) |
| 775 | |
| 776 | Force write of file with filedescriptor *fd* to disk. On Unix, this calls the |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 777 | native :c:func:`fsync` function; on Windows, the MS :c:func:`_commit` function. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 778 | |
Antoine Pitrou | 11cb961 | 2010-09-15 11:11:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 779 | If you're starting with a buffered Python :term:`file object` *f*, first do |
| 780 | ``f.flush()``, and then do ``os.fsync(f.fileno())``, to ensure that all internal |
| 781 | buffers associated with *f* are written to disk. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 782 | |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 783 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 784 | |
| 785 | |
| 786 | .. function:: ftruncate(fd, length) |
| 787 | |
Georg Brandl | 306336b | 2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 788 | Truncate the file corresponding to file descriptor *fd*, so that it is at |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 789 | most *length* bytes in size. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to |
Georg Brandl | 306336b | 2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 790 | ``os.truncate(fd, length)``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 791 | |
Steve Dower | fe0a41a | 2015-03-20 19:50:46 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 792 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 793 | |
Steve Dower | fe0a41a | 2015-03-20 19:50:46 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 794 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5 |
| 795 | Added support for Windows |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 796 | |
Victor Stinner | 1db9e7b | 2014-07-29 22:32:47 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 797 | .. function:: get_blocking(fd) |
| 798 | |
| 799 | Get the blocking mode of the file descriptor: ``False`` if the |
| 800 | :data:`O_NONBLOCK` flag is set, ``True`` if the flag is cleared. |
| 801 | |
| 802 | See also :func:`set_blocking` and :meth:`socket.socket.setblocking`. |
| 803 | |
| 804 | Availability: Unix. |
| 805 | |
| 806 | .. versionadded:: 3.5 |
| 807 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 808 | .. function:: isatty(fd) |
| 809 | |
| 810 | Return ``True`` if the file descriptor *fd* is open and connected to a |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 811 | tty(-like) device, else ``False``. |
| 812 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 813 | |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 814 | .. function:: lockf(fd, cmd, len) |
| 815 | |
| 816 | Apply, test or remove a POSIX lock on an open file descriptor. |
| 817 | *fd* is an open file descriptor. |
| 818 | *cmd* specifies the command to use - one of :data:`F_LOCK`, :data:`F_TLOCK`, |
| 819 | :data:`F_ULOCK` or :data:`F_TEST`. |
| 820 | *len* specifies the section of the file to lock. |
| 821 | |
| 822 | Availability: Unix. |
| 823 | |
| 824 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 825 | |
| 826 | |
| 827 | .. data:: F_LOCK |
| 828 | F_TLOCK |
| 829 | F_ULOCK |
| 830 | F_TEST |
| 831 | |
| 832 | Flags that specify what action :func:`lockf` will take. |
| 833 | |
| 834 | Availability: Unix. |
| 835 | |
| 836 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 837 | |
Georg Brandl | f62445a | 2012-06-24 13:31:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 838 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 839 | .. function:: lseek(fd, pos, how) |
| 840 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 841 | Set the current position of file descriptor *fd* to position *pos*, modified |
| 842 | by *how*: :const:`SEEK_SET` or ``0`` to set the position relative to the |
| 843 | beginning of the file; :const:`SEEK_CUR` or ``1`` to set it relative to the |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 844 | current position; :const:`SEEK_END` or ``2`` to set it relative to the end of |
Victor Stinner | e83f899 | 2011-12-17 23:15:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 845 | the file. Return the new cursor position in bytes, starting from the beginning. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 846 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 847 | |
Georg Brandl | 8569e58 | 2010-05-19 20:57:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 848 | .. data:: SEEK_SET |
| 849 | SEEK_CUR |
| 850 | SEEK_END |
| 851 | |
| 852 | Parameters to the :func:`lseek` function. Their values are 0, 1, and 2, |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 853 | respectively. |
| 854 | |
Jesus Cea | 9436361 | 2012-06-22 18:32:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 855 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 856 | Some operating systems could support additional values, like |
| 857 | :data:`os.SEEK_HOLE` or :data:`os.SEEK_DATA`. |
| 858 | |
Georg Brandl | 8569e58 | 2010-05-19 20:57:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 859 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 860 | .. function:: open(path, flags, mode=0o777, *, dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 861 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 862 | Open the file *path* and set various flags according to *flags* and possibly |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | its mode according to *mode*. When computing *mode*, the current umask value |
| 864 | is first masked out. Return the file descriptor for the newly opened file. |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 865 | The new file descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 866 | |
| 867 | For a description of the flag and mode values, see the C run-time documentation; |
| 868 | flag constants (like :const:`O_RDONLY` and :const:`O_WRONLY`) are defined in |
Andrew Kuchling | 4921a08 | 2013-06-21 11:49:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 869 | the :mod:`os` module. In particular, on Windows adding |
Georg Brandl | 8569e58 | 2010-05-19 20:57:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 870 | :const:`O_BINARY` is needed to open files in binary mode. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 871 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 872 | This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
Andrew Kuchling | 4921a08 | 2013-06-21 11:49:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 873 | <dir_fd>` with the *dir_fd* parameter. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | .. versionchanged:: 3.4 |
| 876 | The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable. |
| 877 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 878 | .. note:: |
| 879 | |
Georg Brandl | 502d9a5 | 2009-07-26 15:02:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 880 | This function is intended for low-level I/O. For normal usage, use the |
Antoine Pitrou | 11cb961 | 2010-09-15 11:11:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 881 | built-in function :func:`open`, which returns a :term:`file object` with |
Jeroen Ruigrok van der Werven | 9c558bcf | 2010-07-13 14:47:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 882 | :meth:`~file.read` and :meth:`~file.write` methods (and many more). To |
Antoine Pitrou | 11cb961 | 2010-09-15 11:11:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 883 | wrap a file descriptor in a file object, use :func:`fdopen`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 884 | |
Antoine Pitrou | f65132d | 2011-02-25 23:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 885 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 886 | The *dir_fd* argument. |
Antoine Pitrou | f65132d | 2011-02-25 23:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 887 | |
Victor Stinner | a766ddf | 2015-03-26 23:50:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 888 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5 |
Victor Stinner | 708d9ba | 2015-04-02 11:49:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an |
Victor Stinner | a766ddf | 2015-03-26 23:50:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 890 | exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an |
| 891 | :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale). |
| 892 | |
Andrew Kuchling | 4921a08 | 2013-06-21 11:49:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 893 | The following constants are options for the *flags* parameter to the |
| 894 | :func:`~os.open` function. They can be combined using the bitwise OR operator |
| 895 | ``|``. Some of them are not available on all platforms. For descriptions of |
| 896 | their availability and use, consult the :manpage:`open(2)` manual page on Unix |
Georg Brandl | 5d94134 | 2016-02-26 19:37:12 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 897 | or `the MSDN <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z0kc8e3z.aspx>`_ on Windows. |
Andrew Kuchling | 4921a08 | 2013-06-21 11:49:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 898 | |
| 899 | |
| 900 | .. data:: O_RDONLY |
| 901 | O_WRONLY |
| 902 | O_RDWR |
| 903 | O_APPEND |
| 904 | O_CREAT |
| 905 | O_EXCL |
| 906 | O_TRUNC |
| 907 | |
| 908 | These constants are available on Unix and Windows. |
| 909 | |
| 910 | |
| 911 | .. data:: O_DSYNC |
| 912 | O_RSYNC |
| 913 | O_SYNC |
| 914 | O_NDELAY |
| 915 | O_NONBLOCK |
| 916 | O_NOCTTY |
| 917 | O_SHLOCK |
| 918 | O_EXLOCK |
| 919 | O_CLOEXEC |
| 920 | |
| 921 | These constants are only available on Unix. |
| 922 | |
| 923 | .. versionchanged:: 3.3 |
| 924 | Add :data:`O_CLOEXEC` constant. |
| 925 | |
| 926 | .. data:: O_BINARY |
| 927 | O_NOINHERIT |
| 928 | O_SHORT_LIVED |
| 929 | O_TEMPORARY |
| 930 | O_RANDOM |
| 931 | O_SEQUENTIAL |
| 932 | O_TEXT |
| 933 | |
| 934 | These constants are only available on Windows. |
| 935 | |
| 936 | |
| 937 | .. data:: O_ASYNC |
| 938 | O_DIRECT |
| 939 | O_DIRECTORY |
| 940 | O_NOFOLLOW |
| 941 | O_NOATIME |
| 942 | O_PATH |
Christian Heimes | 177b3f9 | 2013-08-16 14:35:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 943 | O_TMPFILE |
Andrew Kuchling | 4921a08 | 2013-06-21 11:49:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 944 | |
| 945 | These constants are GNU extensions and not present if they are not defined by |
| 946 | the C library. |
| 947 | |
Christian Heimes | d88f735 | 2013-08-16 14:37:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 948 | .. versionchanged:: 3.4 |
Larry Hastings | 3732ed2 | 2014-03-15 21:13:56 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 949 | Add :data:`O_PATH` on systems that support it. |
| 950 | Add :data:`O_TMPFILE`, only available on Linux Kernel 3.11 |
| 951 | or newer. |
Christian Heimes | d88f735 | 2013-08-16 14:37:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 952 | |
Antoine Pitrou | f65132d | 2011-02-25 23:25:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 953 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 954 | .. function:: openpty() |
| 955 | |
| 956 | .. index:: module: pty |
| 957 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 958 | Open a new pseudo-terminal pair. Return a pair of file descriptors |
| 959 | ``(master, slave)`` for the pty and the tty, respectively. The new file |
| 960 | descriptors are :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. For a (slightly) more |
| 961 | portable approach, use the :mod:`pty` module. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 962 | |
| 963 | Availability: some flavors of Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 964 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 965 | .. versionchanged:: 3.4 |
| 966 | The new file descriptors are now non-inheritable. |
| 967 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 968 | |
| 969 | .. function:: pipe() |
| 970 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 971 | Create a pipe. Return a pair of file descriptors ``(r, w)`` usable for |
Victor Stinner | 05f31bf | 2013-11-06 01:48:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 972 | reading and writing, respectively. The new file descriptor is |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 973 | :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 974 | |
| 975 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 976 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 977 | .. versionchanged:: 3.4 |
| 978 | The new file descriptors are now non-inheritable. |
| 979 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 980 | |
Charles-François Natali | 368f34b | 2011-06-06 19:49:47 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 981 | .. function:: pipe2(flags) |
Charles-François Natali | daafdd5 | 2011-05-29 20:07:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 982 | |
| 983 | Create a pipe with *flags* set atomically. |
Charles-François Natali | 368f34b | 2011-06-06 19:49:47 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 984 | *flags* can be constructed by ORing together one or more of these values: |
| 985 | :data:`O_NONBLOCK`, :data:`O_CLOEXEC`. |
Charles-François Natali | daafdd5 | 2011-05-29 20:07:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 986 | Return a pair of file descriptors ``(r, w)`` usable for reading and writing, |
| 987 | respectively. |
| 988 | |
| 989 | Availability: some flavors of Unix. |
| 990 | |
| 991 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 992 | |
| 993 | |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 994 | .. function:: posix_fallocate(fd, offset, len) |
| 995 | |
| 996 | Ensures that enough disk space is allocated for the file specified by *fd* |
| 997 | starting from *offset* and continuing for *len* bytes. |
| 998 | |
| 999 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | .. function:: posix_fadvise(fd, offset, len, advice) |
| 1005 | |
| 1006 | Announces an intention to access data in a specific pattern thus allowing |
| 1007 | the kernel to make optimizations. |
| 1008 | The advice applies to the region of the file specified by *fd* starting at |
| 1009 | *offset* and continuing for *len* bytes. |
| 1010 | *advice* is one of :data:`POSIX_FADV_NORMAL`, :data:`POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL`, |
| 1011 | :data:`POSIX_FADV_RANDOM`, :data:`POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE`, |
| 1012 | :data:`POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED` or :data:`POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED`. |
| 1013 | |
| 1014 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1015 | |
| 1016 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1017 | |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 | .. data:: POSIX_FADV_NORMAL |
| 1020 | POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL |
| 1021 | POSIX_FADV_RANDOM |
| 1022 | POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE |
| 1023 | POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED |
| 1024 | POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED |
| 1025 | |
| 1026 | Flags that can be used in *advice* in :func:`posix_fadvise` that specify |
| 1027 | the access pattern that is likely to be used. |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1030 | |
| 1031 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 | |
| 1034 | .. function:: pread(fd, buffersize, offset) |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 | Read from a file descriptor, *fd*, at a position of *offset*. It will read up |
| 1037 | to *buffersize* number of bytes. The file offset remains unchanged. |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 | |
Jesus Cea | 67503c5 | 2014-10-20 16:18:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1044 | .. function:: pwrite(fd, str, offset) |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1045 | |
Jesus Cea | 67503c5 | 2014-10-20 16:18:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1046 | Write *bytestring* to a file descriptor, *fd*, from *offset*, |
| 1047 | leaving the file offset unchanged. |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1048 | |
| 1049 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1050 | |
| 1051 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1054 | .. function:: read(fd, n) |
| 1055 | |
Georg Brandl | b90be69 | 2009-07-29 16:14:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1056 | Read at most *n* bytes from file descriptor *fd*. Return a bytestring containing the |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1057 | bytes read. If the end of the file referred to by *fd* has been reached, an |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1058 | empty bytes object is returned. |
| 1059 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1060 | .. note:: |
| 1061 | |
| 1062 | This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file |
Georg Brandl | b2462e2 | 2012-06-24 13:24:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1063 | descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To read a |
| 1064 | "file object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by |
| 1065 | :func:`popen` or :func:`fdopen`, or :data:`sys.stdin`, use its |
| 1066 | :meth:`~file.read` or :meth:`~file.readline` methods. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 | |
Victor Stinner | a766ddf | 2015-03-26 23:50:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1068 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5 |
Victor Stinner | 708d9ba | 2015-04-02 11:49:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1069 | If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an |
Victor Stinner | a766ddf | 2015-03-26 23:50:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1070 | exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an |
| 1071 | :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale). |
| 1072 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1073 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1074 | .. function:: sendfile(out, in, offset, count) |
Martin Panter | 9499413 | 2015-09-09 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1075 | sendfile(out, in, offset, count, [headers], [trailers], flags=0) |
Giampaolo Rodolà | c9c2c8b | 2011-02-25 14:39:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1076 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1077 | Copy *count* bytes from file descriptor *in* to file descriptor *out* |
Giampaolo Rodolà | c9c2c8b | 2011-02-25 14:39:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1078 | starting at *offset*. |
| 1079 | Return the number of bytes sent. When EOF is reached return 0. |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 | The first function notation is supported by all platforms that define |
| 1082 | :func:`sendfile`. |
| 1083 | |
| 1084 | On Linux, if *offset* is given as ``None``, the bytes are read from the |
| 1085 | current position of *in* and the position of *in* is updated. |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 | The second case may be used on Mac OS X and FreeBSD where *headers* and |
| 1088 | *trailers* are arbitrary sequences of buffers that are written before and |
| 1089 | after the data from *in* is written. It returns the same as the first case. |
| 1090 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1091 | On Mac OS X and FreeBSD, a value of 0 for *count* specifies to send until |
Giampaolo Rodolà | c9c2c8b | 2011-02-25 14:39:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1092 | the end of *in* is reached. |
| 1093 | |
Charles-Francois Natali | a771a1b | 2013-05-01 15:12:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1094 | All platforms support sockets as *out* file descriptor, and some platforms |
| 1095 | allow other types (e.g. regular file, pipe) as well. |
Giampaolo Rodolà | c9c2c8b | 2011-02-25 14:39:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1096 | |
Giampaolo Rodola' | 409569b | 2014-04-24 18:09:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1097 | Cross-platform applications should not use *headers*, *trailers* and *flags* |
| 1098 | arguments. |
| 1099 | |
Giampaolo Rodolà | c9c2c8b | 2011-02-25 14:39:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1100 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1101 | |
Giampaolo Rodola' | 915d141 | 2014-06-11 03:54:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | .. note:: |
| 1103 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 0ce9537 | 2014-06-15 18:30:27 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1104 | For a higher-level wrapper of :func:`sendfile`, see |
Martin Panter | 3133a9f | 2015-09-11 23:44:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1105 | :meth:`socket.socket.sendfile`. |
Giampaolo Rodola' | 915d141 | 2014-06-11 03:54:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1106 | |
Giampaolo Rodolà | c9c2c8b | 2011-02-25 14:39:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1107 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 | |
Victor Stinner | 1db9e7b | 2014-07-29 22:32:47 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1110 | .. function:: set_blocking(fd, blocking) |
| 1111 | |
| 1112 | Set the blocking mode of the specified file descriptor. Set the |
| 1113 | :data:`O_NONBLOCK` flag if blocking is ``False``, clear the flag otherwise. |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 | See also :func:`get_blocking` and :meth:`socket.socket.setblocking`. |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1118 | |
| 1119 | .. versionadded:: 3.5 |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | |
Giampaolo Rodolà | c9c2c8b | 2011-02-25 14:39:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1122 | .. data:: SF_NODISKIO |
| 1123 | SF_MNOWAIT |
| 1124 | SF_SYNC |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 | Parameters to the :func:`sendfile` function, if the implementation supports |
| 1127 | them. |
| 1128 | |
| 1129 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1132 | |
| 1133 | |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1134 | .. function:: readv(fd, buffers) |
| 1135 | |
Benjamin Peterson | e83ed43 | 2014-01-18 22:54:59 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1136 | Read from a file descriptor *fd* into a number of mutable :term:`bytes-like |
| 1137 | objects <bytes-like object>` *buffers*. :func:`~os.readv` will transfer data |
| 1138 | into each buffer until it is full and then move on to the next buffer in the |
| 1139 | sequence to hold the rest of the data. :func:`~os.readv` returns the total |
| 1140 | number of bytes read (which may be less than the total capacity of all the |
| 1141 | objects). |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1142 | |
| 1143 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1146 | |
| 1147 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1148 | .. function:: tcgetpgrp(fd) |
| 1149 | |
| 1150 | Return the process group associated with the terminal given by *fd* (an open |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1151 | file descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open`). |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1154 | |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 | .. function:: tcsetpgrp(fd, pg) |
| 1157 | |
| 1158 | Set the process group associated with the terminal given by *fd* (an open file |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 | descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open`) to *pg*. |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1162 | |
| 1163 | |
| 1164 | .. function:: ttyname(fd) |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | Return a string which specifies the terminal device associated with |
Georg Brandl | 9afde1c | 2007-11-01 20:32:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1167 | file descriptor *fd*. If *fd* is not associated with a terminal device, an |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1168 | exception is raised. |
| 1169 | |
| 1170 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1171 | |
| 1172 | |
| 1173 | .. function:: write(fd, str) |
| 1174 | |
Georg Brandl | b90be69 | 2009-07-29 16:14:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1175 | Write the bytestring in *str* to file descriptor *fd*. Return the number of |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1176 | bytes actually written. |
| 1177 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1178 | .. note:: |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 | This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file |
Benjamin Peterson | fa0d703 | 2009-06-01 22:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1181 | descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To write a "file |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1182 | object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by :func:`popen` or |
Benjamin Peterson | fa0d703 | 2009-06-01 22:42:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1183 | :func:`fdopen`, or :data:`sys.stdout` or :data:`sys.stderr`, use its |
| 1184 | :meth:`~file.write` method. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | |
Victor Stinner | a766ddf | 2015-03-26 23:50:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1186 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5 |
Victor Stinner | 708d9ba | 2015-04-02 11:49:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1187 | If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an |
Victor Stinner | a766ddf | 2015-03-26 23:50:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1188 | exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an |
| 1189 | :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale). |
| 1190 | |
Georg Brandl | 8569e58 | 2010-05-19 20:57:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1191 | |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1192 | .. function:: writev(fd, buffers) |
| 1193 | |
Benjamin Peterson | e83ed43 | 2014-01-18 22:54:59 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1194 | Write the contents of *buffers* to file descriptor *fd*. *buffers* must be a |
| 1195 | sequence of :term:`bytes-like objects <bytes-like object>`. |
| 1196 | :func:`~os.writev` writes the contents of each object to the file descriptor |
| 1197 | and returns the total number of bytes written. |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | |
| 1199 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1200 | |
| 1201 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | |
Antoine Pitrou | bcf2b59 | 2012-02-08 23:28:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1204 | .. _terminal-size: |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 | Querying the size of a terminal |
| 1207 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| 1208 | |
| 1209 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 | .. function:: get_terminal_size(fd=STDOUT_FILENO) |
| 1212 | |
| 1213 | Return the size of the terminal window as ``(columns, lines)``, |
| 1214 | tuple of type :class:`terminal_size`. |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 | The optional argument ``fd`` (default ``STDOUT_FILENO``, or standard |
| 1217 | output) specifies which file descriptor should be queried. |
| 1218 | |
| 1219 | If the file descriptor is not connected to a terminal, an :exc:`OSError` |
Andrew Svetlov | 5b89840 | 2012-12-18 21:26:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 | is raised. |
Antoine Pitrou | bcf2b59 | 2012-02-08 23:28:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1221 | |
| 1222 | :func:`shutil.get_terminal_size` is the high-level function which |
| 1223 | should normally be used, ``os.get_terminal_size`` is the low-level |
| 1224 | implementation. |
| 1225 | |
| 1226 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
| 1227 | |
Georg Brandl | 6cff9ff | 2012-06-24 14:05:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1228 | .. class:: terminal_size |
Antoine Pitrou | bcf2b59 | 2012-02-08 23:28:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1229 | |
Georg Brandl | 6cff9ff | 2012-06-24 14:05:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1230 | A subclass of tuple, holding ``(columns, lines)`` of the terminal window size. |
Antoine Pitrou | bcf2b59 | 2012-02-08 23:28:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1231 | |
| 1232 | .. attribute:: columns |
| 1233 | |
| 1234 | Width of the terminal window in characters. |
| 1235 | |
| 1236 | .. attribute:: lines |
| 1237 | |
| 1238 | Height of the terminal window in characters. |
| 1239 | |
| 1240 | |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1241 | .. _fd_inheritance: |
| 1242 | |
| 1243 | Inheritance of File Descriptors |
| 1244 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| 1245 | |
Georg Brandl | 5642ff9 | 2013-09-15 10:37:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1246 | .. versionadded:: 3.4 |
| 1247 | |
| 1248 | A file descriptor has an "inheritable" flag which indicates if the file descriptor |
| 1249 | can be inherited by child processes. Since Python 3.4, file descriptors |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1250 | created by Python are non-inheritable by default. |
| 1251 | |
| 1252 | On UNIX, non-inheritable file descriptors are closed in child processes at the |
| 1253 | execution of a new program, other file descriptors are inherited. |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 | On Windows, non-inheritable handles and file descriptors are closed in child |
Georg Brandl | 5642ff9 | 2013-09-15 10:37:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1256 | processes, except for standard streams (file descriptors 0, 1 and 2: stdin, stdout |
Serhiy Storchaka | 690a6a9 | 2013-10-13 20:13:37 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1257 | and stderr), which are always inherited. Using :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` functions, |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1258 | all inheritable handles and all inheritable file descriptors are inherited. |
| 1259 | Using the :mod:`subprocess` module, all file descriptors except standard |
Georg Brandl | 5642ff9 | 2013-09-15 10:37:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 | streams are closed, and inheritable handles are only inherited if the |
| 1261 | *close_fds* parameter is ``False``. |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1262 | |
| 1263 | .. function:: get_inheritable(fd) |
| 1264 | |
Georg Brandl | 5642ff9 | 2013-09-15 10:37:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1265 | Get the "inheritable" flag of the specified file descriptor (a boolean). |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1266 | |
| 1267 | .. function:: set_inheritable(fd, inheritable) |
| 1268 | |
Georg Brandl | 5642ff9 | 2013-09-15 10:37:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 | Set the "inheritable" flag of the specified file descriptor. |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1270 | |
| 1271 | .. function:: get_handle_inheritable(handle) |
| 1272 | |
Georg Brandl | 5642ff9 | 2013-09-15 10:37:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1273 | Get the "inheritable" flag of the specified handle (a boolean). |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1274 | |
| 1275 | Availability: Windows. |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 | .. function:: set_handle_inheritable(handle, inheritable) |
| 1278 | |
Georg Brandl | 5642ff9 | 2013-09-15 10:37:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1279 | Set the "inheritable" flag of the specified handle. |
Victor Stinner | daf4555 | 2013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1280 | |
| 1281 | Availability: Windows. |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1284 | .. _os-file-dir: |
| 1285 | |
| 1286 | Files and Directories |
| 1287 | --------------------- |
| 1288 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1289 | On some Unix platforms, many of these functions support one or more of these |
| 1290 | features: |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 | .. _path_fd: |
| 1293 | |
Larry Hastings | 77892dc | 2012-06-25 03:27:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | * **specifying a file descriptor:** |
| 1295 | For some functions, the *path* argument can be not only a string giving a path |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1296 | name, but also a file descriptor. The function will then operate on the file |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | referred to by the descriptor. (For POSIX systems, Python will call the |
| 1298 | ``f...`` version of the function.) |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 | |
| 1300 | You can check whether or not *path* can be specified as a file descriptor on |
| 1301 | your platform using :data:`os.supports_fd`. If it is unavailable, using it |
| 1302 | will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`. |
| 1303 | |
| 1304 | If the function also supports *dir_fd* or *follow_symlinks* arguments, it is |
| 1305 | an error to specify one of those when supplying *path* as a file descriptor. |
| 1306 | |
| 1307 | .. _dir_fd: |
| 1308 | |
Larry Hastings | 77892dc | 2012-06-25 03:27:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1309 | * **paths relative to directory descriptors:** If *dir_fd* is not ``None``, it |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | should be a file descriptor referring to a directory, and the path to operate |
| 1311 | on should be relative; path will then be relative to that directory. If the |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1312 | path is absolute, *dir_fd* is ignored. (For POSIX systems, Python will call |
Larry Hastings | 77892dc | 2012-06-25 03:27:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | the ``...at`` or ``f...at`` version of the function.) |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1314 | |
| 1315 | You can check whether or not *dir_fd* is supported on your platform using |
| 1316 | :data:`os.supports_dir_fd`. If it is unavailable, using it will raise a |
| 1317 | :exc:`NotImplementedError`. |
| 1318 | |
| 1319 | .. _follow_symlinks: |
| 1320 | |
Larry Hastings | 77892dc | 2012-06-25 03:27:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1321 | * **not following symlinks:** If *follow_symlinks* is |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1322 | ``False``, and the last element of the path to operate on is a symbolic link, |
| 1323 | the function will operate on the symbolic link itself instead of the file the |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 | link points to. (For POSIX systems, Python will call the ``l...`` version of |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 | the function.) |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 | You can check whether or not *follow_symlinks* is supported on your platform |
| 1328 | using :data:`os.supports_follow_symlinks`. If it is unavailable, using it |
| 1329 | will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`. |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 | |
| 1332 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 | .. function:: access(path, mode, *, dir_fd=None, effective_ids=False, follow_symlinks=True) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1334 | |
| 1335 | Use the real uid/gid to test for access to *path*. Note that most operations |
| 1336 | will use the effective uid/gid, therefore this routine can be used in a |
| 1337 | suid/sgid environment to test if the invoking user has the specified access to |
| 1338 | *path*. *mode* should be :const:`F_OK` to test the existence of *path*, or it |
| 1339 | can be the inclusive OR of one or more of :const:`R_OK`, :const:`W_OK`, and |
| 1340 | :const:`X_OK` to test permissions. Return :const:`True` if access is allowed, |
| 1341 | :const:`False` if not. See the Unix man page :manpage:`access(2)` for more |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1342 | information. |
| 1343 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1344 | This function can support specifying :ref:`paths relative to directory |
| 1345 | descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1346 | |
| 1347 | If *effective_ids* is ``True``, :func:`access` will perform its access |
| 1348 | checks using the effective uid/gid instead of the real uid/gid. |
| 1349 | *effective_ids* may not be supported on your platform; you can check whether |
| 1350 | or not it is available using :data:`os.supports_effective_ids`. If it is |
| 1351 | unavailable, using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`. |
| 1352 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1353 | .. note:: |
| 1354 | |
Georg Brandl | 502d9a5 | 2009-07-26 15:02:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1355 | Using :func:`access` to check if a user is authorized to e.g. open a file |
| 1356 | before actually doing so using :func:`open` creates a security hole, |
| 1357 | because the user might exploit the short time interval between checking |
Benjamin Peterson | 249b508 | 2011-05-20 11:41:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1358 | and opening the file to manipulate it. It's preferable to use :term:`EAFP` |
| 1359 | techniques. For example:: |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 | if os.access("myfile", os.R_OK): |
| 1362 | with open("myfile") as fp: |
| 1363 | return fp.read() |
| 1364 | return "some default data" |
| 1365 | |
| 1366 | is better written as:: |
| 1367 | |
| 1368 | try: |
| 1369 | fp = open("myfile") |
Antoine Pitrou | 62ab10a0 | 2011-10-12 20:10:51 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1370 | except PermissionError: |
| 1371 | return "some default data" |
Benjamin Peterson | 249b508 | 2011-05-20 11:41:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1372 | else: |
| 1373 | with fp: |
| 1374 | return fp.read() |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 | |
| 1376 | .. note:: |
| 1377 | |
| 1378 | I/O operations may fail even when :func:`access` indicates that they would |
| 1379 | succeed, particularly for operations on network filesystems which may have |
| 1380 | permissions semantics beyond the usual POSIX permission-bit model. |
| 1381 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1382 | .. versionchanged:: 3.3 |
| 1383 | Added the *dir_fd*, *effective_ids*, and *follow_symlinks* parameters. |
| 1384 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1385 | |
| 1386 | .. data:: F_OK |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | R_OK |
| 1388 | W_OK |
| 1389 | X_OK |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1390 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1391 | Values to pass as the *mode* parameter of :func:`access` to test the |
| 1392 | existence, readability, writability and executability of *path*, |
| 1393 | respectively. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1394 | |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 | .. function:: chdir(path) |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 | .. index:: single: directory; changing |
| 1399 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1400 | Change the current working directory to *path*. |
| 1401 | |
Larry Hastings | 77892dc | 2012-06-25 03:27:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`. The |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1403 | descriptor must refer to an opened directory, not an open file. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1404 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1406 | Added support for specifying *path* as a file descriptor |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 | on some platforms. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1409 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1410 | .. function:: chflags(path, flags, *, follow_symlinks=True) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1411 | |
| 1412 | Set the flags of *path* to the numeric *flags*. *flags* may take a combination |
| 1413 | (bitwise OR) of the following values (as defined in the :mod:`stat` module): |
| 1414 | |
R David Murray | 3017806 | 2011-03-10 17:18:33 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1415 | * :data:`stat.UF_NODUMP` |
| 1416 | * :data:`stat.UF_IMMUTABLE` |
| 1417 | * :data:`stat.UF_APPEND` |
| 1418 | * :data:`stat.UF_OPAQUE` |
| 1419 | * :data:`stat.UF_NOUNLINK` |
Ned Deily | 3eb67d5 | 2011-06-28 00:00:28 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1420 | * :data:`stat.UF_COMPRESSED` |
| 1421 | * :data:`stat.UF_HIDDEN` |
R David Murray | 3017806 | 2011-03-10 17:18:33 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1422 | * :data:`stat.SF_ARCHIVED` |
| 1423 | * :data:`stat.SF_IMMUTABLE` |
| 1424 | * :data:`stat.SF_APPEND` |
| 1425 | * :data:`stat.SF_NOUNLINK` |
| 1426 | * :data:`stat.SF_SNAPSHOT` |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1427 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1428 | This function can support :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1429 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1430 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1431 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1432 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1433 | The *follow_symlinks* argument. |
| 1434 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1435 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1436 | .. function:: chmod(path, mode, *, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1437 | |
| 1438 | Change the mode of *path* to the numeric *mode*. *mode* may take one of the |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1439 | following values (as defined in the :mod:`stat` module) or bitwise ORed |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1440 | combinations of them: |
| 1441 | |
Alexandre Vassalotti | c22c6f2 | 2009-07-21 00:51:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1442 | * :data:`stat.S_ISUID` |
| 1443 | * :data:`stat.S_ISGID` |
| 1444 | * :data:`stat.S_ENFMT` |
| 1445 | * :data:`stat.S_ISVTX` |
| 1446 | * :data:`stat.S_IREAD` |
| 1447 | * :data:`stat.S_IWRITE` |
| 1448 | * :data:`stat.S_IEXEC` |
| 1449 | * :data:`stat.S_IRWXU` |
| 1450 | * :data:`stat.S_IRUSR` |
| 1451 | * :data:`stat.S_IWUSR` |
| 1452 | * :data:`stat.S_IXUSR` |
| 1453 | * :data:`stat.S_IRWXG` |
| 1454 | * :data:`stat.S_IRGRP` |
| 1455 | * :data:`stat.S_IWGRP` |
| 1456 | * :data:`stat.S_IXGRP` |
| 1457 | * :data:`stat.S_IRWXO` |
| 1458 | * :data:`stat.S_IROTH` |
| 1459 | * :data:`stat.S_IWOTH` |
| 1460 | * :data:`stat.S_IXOTH` |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1461 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1462 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`, |
| 1463 | :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not |
| 1464 | following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1465 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1466 | .. note:: |
| 1467 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1468 | Although Windows supports :func:`chmod`, you can only set the file's |
| 1469 | read-only flag with it (via the ``stat.S_IWRITE`` and ``stat.S_IREAD`` |
| 1470 | constants or a corresponding integer value). All other bits are ignored. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1471 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1472 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1473 | Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor, |
| 1474 | and the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1475 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1476 | |
| 1477 | .. function:: chown(path, uid, gid, *, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1478 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1479 | Change the owner and group id of *path* to the numeric *uid* and *gid*. To |
| 1480 | leave one of the ids unchanged, set it to -1. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1481 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1482 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`, |
| 1483 | :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not |
| 1484 | following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1485 | |
Sandro Tosi | d902a14 | 2011-08-22 23:28:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1486 | See :func:`shutil.chown` for a higher-level function that accepts names in |
| 1487 | addition to numeric ids. |
| 1488 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1489 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1490 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1491 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1492 | Added support for specifying an open file descriptor for *path*, |
| 1493 | and the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1494 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 799bd80 | 2011-08-31 22:15:17 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1495 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 | .. function:: chroot(path) |
| 1497 | |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1498 | Change the root directory of the current process to *path*. |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1501 | |
| 1502 | |
| 1503 | .. function:: fchdir(fd) |
| 1504 | |
| 1505 | Change the current working directory to the directory represented by the file |
| 1506 | descriptor *fd*. The descriptor must refer to an opened directory, not an |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1507 | open file. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.chdir(fd)``. |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1508 | |
| 1509 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 | .. function:: getcwd() |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 | Return a string representing the current working directory. |
| 1515 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1516 | |
| 1517 | .. function:: getcwdb() |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 | Return a bytestring representing the current working directory. |
| 1520 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1521 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1522 | .. function:: lchflags(path, flags) |
| 1523 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1524 | Set the flags of *path* to the numeric *flags*, like :func:`chflags`, but do |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1525 | not follow symbolic links. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1526 | ``os.chflags(path, flags, follow_symlinks=False)``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1527 | |
| 1528 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1529 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1530 | |
Christian Heimes | 9385266 | 2007-12-01 12:22:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | .. function:: lchmod(path, mode) |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 | Change the mode of *path* to the numeric *mode*. If path is a symlink, this |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1534 | affects the symlink rather than the target. See the docs for :func:`chmod` |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1535 | for possible values of *mode*. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 | ``os.chmod(path, mode, follow_symlinks=False)``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1537 | |
| 1538 | Availability: Unix. |
Christian Heimes | 9385266 | 2007-12-01 12:22:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1539 | |
Christian Heimes | 9385266 | 2007-12-01 12:22:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1540 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1541 | .. function:: lchown(path, uid, gid) |
| 1542 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1543 | Change the owner and group id of *path* to the numeric *uid* and *gid*. This |
Georg Brandl | 4d399a4 | 2012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1544 | function will not follow symbolic links. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent |
Georg Brandl | b9df00c | 2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1545 | to ``os.chown(path, uid, gid, follow_symlinks=False)``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1546 | |
| 1547 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1548 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1549 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1550 | .. function:: link(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True) |
Benjamin Peterson | 799bd80 | 2011-08-31 22:15:17 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1551 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1552 | Create a hard link pointing to *src* named *dst*. |
Benjamin Peterson | 799bd80 | 2011-08-31 22:15:17 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1553 | |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1554 | This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to |
| 1555 | supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`, and :ref:`not |
| 1556 | following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1557 | |
Brian Curtin | 1b9df39 | 2010-11-24 20:24:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1558 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
| 1559 | |
| 1560 | .. versionchanged:: 3.2 |
| 1561 | Added Windows support. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1562 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1563 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1564 | Added the *src_dir_fd*, *dst_dir_fd*, and *follow_symlinks* arguments. |
| 1565 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1566 | |
Martin v. Löwis | 9c71f90 | 2010-07-24 10:09:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1567 | .. function:: listdir(path='.') |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1568 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 4469d0c | 2008-11-30 22:46:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1569 | Return a list containing the names of the entries in the directory given by |
Larry Hastings | fdaea06 | 2012-06-25 04:42:23 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1570 | *path*. The list is in arbitrary order, and does not include the special |
| 1571 | entries ``'.'`` and ``'..'`` even if they are present in the directory. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1572 | |
Larry Hastings | fdaea06 | 2012-06-25 04:42:23 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1573 | *path* may be either of type ``str`` or of type ``bytes``. If *path* |
| 1574 | is of type ``bytes``, the filenames returned will also be of type ``bytes``; |
| 1575 | in all other circumstances, they will be of type ``str``. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1576 | |
Larry Hastings | 77892dc | 2012-06-25 03:27:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1577 | This function can also support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor |
| 1578 | <path_fd>`; the file descriptor must refer to a directory. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | |
Larry Hastings | fdaea06 | 2012-06-25 04:42:23 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1580 | .. note:: |
| 1581 | To encode ``str`` filenames to ``bytes``, use :func:`~os.fsencode`. |
| 1582 | |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1583 | .. seealso:: |
| 1584 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1585 | The :func:`scandir` function returns directory entries along with |
| 1586 | file attribute information, giving better performance for many |
| 1587 | common use cases. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1588 | |
Martin v. Löwis | c9e1c7d | 2010-07-23 12:16:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1589 | .. versionchanged:: 3.2 |
| 1590 | The *path* parameter became optional. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1591 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1592 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1593 | Added support for specifying an open file descriptor for *path*. |
Benjamin Peterson | 799bd80 | 2011-08-31 22:15:17 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1595 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1596 | .. function:: lstat(path, \*, dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1597 | |
R. David Murray | 7b1aae9 | 2011-01-24 19:34:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1598 | Perform the equivalent of an :c:func:`lstat` system call on the given path. |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 | Similar to :func:`~os.stat`, but does not follow symbolic links. Return a |
| 1600 | :class:`stat_result` object. |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 | On platforms that do not support symbolic links, this is an alias for |
| 1603 | :func:`~os.stat`. |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.stat(path, dir_fd=dir_fd, |
| 1606 | follow_symlinks=False)``. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1607 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1608 | This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
| 1609 | <dir_fd>`. |
Brian Curtin | c739569 | 2010-07-09 15:15:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1610 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1611 | .. seealso:: |
| 1612 | |
Berker Peksag | 2034caa | 2015-04-27 13:53:28 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1613 | The :func:`.stat` function. |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1614 | |
Georg Brandl | b382337 | 2010-07-10 08:58:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1615 | .. versionchanged:: 3.2 |
| 1616 | Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1617 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1618 | .. versionchanged:: 3.3 |
| 1619 | Added the *dir_fd* parameter. |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1620 | |
| 1621 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1622 | .. function:: mkdir(path, mode=0o777, *, dir_fd=None) |
| 1623 | |
| 1624 | Create a directory named *path* with numeric mode *mode*. |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | On some systems, *mode* is ignored. Where it is used, the current umask |
| 1627 | value is first masked out. If the directory already exists, :exc:`OSError` |
| 1628 | is raised. |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 | This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
| 1631 | <dir_fd>`. |
| 1632 | |
| 1633 | It is also possible to create temporary directories; see the |
| 1634 | :mod:`tempfile` module's :func:`tempfile.mkdtemp` function. |
| 1635 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1636 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1637 | The *dir_fd* argument. |
| 1638 | |
| 1639 | |
Zachary Ware | a22ae21 | 2014-03-20 09:42:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1640 | .. function:: makedirs(name, mode=0o777, exist_ok=False) |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1641 | |
| 1642 | .. index:: |
| 1643 | single: directory; creating |
| 1644 | single: UNC paths; and os.makedirs() |
| 1645 | |
| 1646 | Recursive directory creation function. Like :func:`mkdir`, but makes all |
Hynek Schlawack | 0230b6a | 2012-10-07 18:04:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1647 | intermediate-level directories needed to contain the leaf directory. |
| 1648 | |
| 1649 | The default *mode* is ``0o777`` (octal). On some systems, *mode* is |
| 1650 | ignored. Where it is used, the current umask value is first masked out. |
| 1651 | |
Benjamin Peterson | ee5f1c1 | 2014-04-01 19:13:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1652 | If *exist_ok* is ``False`` (the default), an :exc:`OSError` is raised if the |
| 1653 | target directory already exists. |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1654 | |
| 1655 | .. note:: |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | :func:`makedirs` will become confused if the path elements to create |
Hynek Schlawack | 0230b6a | 2012-10-07 18:04:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1658 | include :data:`pardir` (eg. ".." on UNIX systems). |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1659 | |
| 1660 | This function handles UNC paths correctly. |
| 1661 | |
| 1662 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 1663 | The *exist_ok* parameter. |
| 1664 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 1acc69c | 2014-04-01 19:22:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1665 | .. versionchanged:: 3.4.1 |
Benjamin Peterson | ee5f1c1 | 2014-04-01 19:13:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1666 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 1acc69c | 2014-04-01 19:22:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1667 | Before Python 3.4.1, if *exist_ok* was ``True`` and the directory existed, |
Benjamin Peterson | ee5f1c1 | 2014-04-01 19:13:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1668 | :func:`makedirs` would still raise an error if *mode* did not match the |
| 1669 | mode of the existing directory. Since this behavior was impossible to |
Benjamin Peterson | 1acc69c | 2014-04-01 19:22:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1670 | implement safely, it was removed in Python 3.4.1. See :issue:`21082`. |
Benjamin Peterson | 4717e21 | 2014-04-01 19:17:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1671 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1672 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1673 | .. function:: mkfifo(path, mode=0o666, *, dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1674 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1675 | Create a FIFO (a named pipe) named *path* with numeric mode *mode*. |
| 1676 | The current umask value is first masked out from the mode. |
| 1677 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1678 | This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
| 1679 | <dir_fd>`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1680 | |
| 1681 | FIFOs are pipes that can be accessed like regular files. FIFOs exist until they |
| 1682 | are deleted (for example with :func:`os.unlink`). Generally, FIFOs are used as |
| 1683 | rendezvous between "client" and "server" type processes: the server opens the |
| 1684 | FIFO for reading, and the client opens it for writing. Note that :func:`mkfifo` |
| 1685 | doesn't open the FIFO --- it just creates the rendezvous point. |
| 1686 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1687 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1688 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1689 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1690 | The *dir_fd* argument. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1692 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1693 | .. function:: mknod(path, mode=0o600, device=0, *, dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1694 | |
| 1695 | Create a filesystem node (file, device special file or named pipe) named |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1696 | *path*. *mode* specifies both the permissions to use and the type of node |
Georg Brandl | 1824415 | 2009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1697 | to be created, being combined (bitwise OR) with one of ``stat.S_IFREG``, |
| 1698 | ``stat.S_IFCHR``, ``stat.S_IFBLK``, and ``stat.S_IFIFO`` (those constants are |
| 1699 | available in :mod:`stat`). For ``stat.S_IFCHR`` and ``stat.S_IFBLK``, |
| 1700 | *device* defines the newly created device special file (probably using |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1701 | :func:`os.makedev`), otherwise it is ignored. |
| 1702 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1703 | This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
| 1704 | <dir_fd>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | |
| 1706 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1707 | The *dir_fd* argument. |
| 1708 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1709 | |
| 1710 | .. function:: major(device) |
| 1711 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1712 | Extract the device major number from a raw device number (usually the |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1713 | :attr:`st_dev` or :attr:`st_rdev` field from :c:type:`stat`). |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1714 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1715 | |
| 1716 | .. function:: minor(device) |
| 1717 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1718 | Extract the device minor number from a raw device number (usually the |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1719 | :attr:`st_dev` or :attr:`st_rdev` field from :c:type:`stat`). |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1720 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1721 | |
| 1722 | .. function:: makedev(major, minor) |
| 1723 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1724 | Compose a raw device number from the major and minor device numbers. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1725 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 | .. function:: pathconf(path, name) |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 | Return system configuration information relevant to a named file. *name* |
| 1730 | specifies the configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the |
| 1731 | name of a defined system value; these names are specified in a number of |
| 1732 | standards (POSIX.1, Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define |
| 1733 | additional names as well. The names known to the host operating system are |
| 1734 | given in the ``pathconf_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not |
| 1735 | included in that mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1736 | |
| 1737 | If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a |
| 1738 | specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is |
| 1739 | included in ``pathconf_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with |
| 1740 | :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number. |
| 1741 | |
Larry Hastings | 77892dc | 2012-06-25 03:27:33 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1742 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor |
Georg Brandl | 306336b | 2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1743 | <path_fd>`. |
| 1744 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1745 | Availability: Unix. |
| 1746 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1747 | |
| 1748 | .. data:: pathconf_names |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`pathconf` and :func:`fpathconf` to |
| 1751 | the integer values defined for those names by the host operating system. This |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1752 | can be used to determine the set of names known to the system. |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1755 | |
| 1756 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1757 | .. function:: readlink(path, *, dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1758 | |
| 1759 | Return a string representing the path to which the symbolic link points. The |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1760 | result may be either an absolute or relative pathname; if it is relative, it |
| 1761 | may be converted to an absolute pathname using |
| 1762 | ``os.path.join(os.path.dirname(path), result)``. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1763 | |
Georg Brandl | 76e5538 | 2008-10-08 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 | If the *path* is a string object, the result will also be a string object, |
Martin Panter | 6245cb3 | 2016-04-15 02:14:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1765 | and the call may raise a UnicodeDecodeError. If the *path* is a bytes |
Georg Brandl | 76e5538 | 2008-10-08 16:34:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1766 | object, the result will be a bytes object. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1767 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 | This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
| 1769 | <dir_fd>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1770 | |
Brian Curtin | c739569 | 2010-07-09 15:15:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1771 | Availability: Unix, Windows |
| 1772 | |
Georg Brandl | b382337 | 2010-07-10 08:58:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1773 | .. versionchanged:: 3.2 |
| 1774 | Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1775 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1776 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1777 | The *dir_fd* argument. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1778 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1779 | |
Larry Hastings | b698d8e | 2012-06-23 16:55:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1780 | .. function:: remove(path, *, dir_fd=None) |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1782 | Remove (delete) the file *path*. If *path* is a directory, :exc:`OSError` is |
| 1783 | raised. Use :func:`rmdir` to remove directories. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1784 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1785 | This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
| 1786 | <dir_fd>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1787 | |
| 1788 | On Windows, attempting to remove a file that is in use causes an exception to |
| 1789 | be raised; on Unix, the directory entry is removed but the storage allocated |
| 1790 | to the file is not made available until the original file is no longer in use. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1791 | |
Brett Cannon | 01f7ac3 | 2015-12-28 17:30:32 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1792 | This function is semantically identical to :func:`unlink`. |
Larry Hastings | b698d8e | 2012-06-23 16:55:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1793 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1794 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
Larry Hastings | b698d8e | 2012-06-23 16:55:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1795 | The *dir_fd* argument. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1796 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1797 | |
Zachary Ware | a22ae21 | 2014-03-20 09:42:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1798 | .. function:: removedirs(name) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | |
| 1800 | .. index:: single: directory; deleting |
| 1801 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1802 | Remove directories recursively. Works like :func:`rmdir` except that, if the |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 | leaf directory is successfully removed, :func:`removedirs` tries to |
| 1804 | successively remove every parent directory mentioned in *path* until an error |
| 1805 | is raised (which is ignored, because it generally means that a parent directory |
| 1806 | is not empty). For example, ``os.removedirs('foo/bar/baz')`` will first remove |
| 1807 | the directory ``'foo/bar/baz'``, and then remove ``'foo/bar'`` and ``'foo'`` if |
| 1808 | they are empty. Raises :exc:`OSError` if the leaf directory could not be |
| 1809 | successfully removed. |
| 1810 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1811 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1812 | .. function:: rename(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1813 | |
| 1814 | Rename the file or directory *src* to *dst*. If *dst* is a directory, |
| 1815 | :exc:`OSError` will be raised. On Unix, if *dst* exists and is a file, it will |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1816 | be replaced silently if the user has permission. The operation may fail on some |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 | Unix flavors if *src* and *dst* are on different filesystems. If successful, |
| 1818 | the renaming will be an atomic operation (this is a POSIX requirement). On |
| 1819 | Windows, if *dst* already exists, :exc:`OSError` will be raised even if it is a |
Antoine Pitrou | f3b2d88 | 2012-01-30 22:08:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1820 | file. |
| 1821 | |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 | This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to |
| 1823 | supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1824 | |
Antoine Pitrou | f3b2d88 | 2012-01-30 22:08:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1825 | If you want cross-platform overwriting of the destination, use :func:`replace`. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1826 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1827 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1828 | The *src_dir_fd* and *dst_dir_fd* arguments. |
| 1829 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1830 | |
| 1831 | .. function:: renames(old, new) |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 | Recursive directory or file renaming function. Works like :func:`rename`, except |
| 1834 | creation of any intermediate directories needed to make the new pathname good is |
| 1835 | attempted first. After the rename, directories corresponding to rightmost path |
| 1836 | segments of the old name will be pruned away using :func:`removedirs`. |
| 1837 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1838 | .. note:: |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 | This function can fail with the new directory structure made if you lack |
| 1841 | permissions needed to remove the leaf directory or file. |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1844 | .. function:: replace(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None) |
Antoine Pitrou | f3b2d88 | 2012-01-30 22:08:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1845 | |
| 1846 | Rename the file or directory *src* to *dst*. If *dst* is a directory, |
| 1847 | :exc:`OSError` will be raised. If *dst* exists and is a file, it will |
| 1848 | be replaced silently if the user has permission. The operation may fail |
| 1849 | if *src* and *dst* are on different filesystems. If successful, |
| 1850 | the renaming will be an atomic operation (this is a POSIX requirement). |
| 1851 | |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1852 | This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to |
| 1853 | supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1854 | |
Antoine Pitrou | f3b2d88 | 2012-01-30 22:08:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 | |
Larry Hastings | b698d8e | 2012-06-23 16:55:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | .. function:: rmdir(path, *, dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1859 | |
Georg Brandl | a6053b4 | 2009-09-01 08:11:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1860 | Remove (delete) the directory *path*. Only works when the directory is |
| 1861 | empty, otherwise, :exc:`OSError` is raised. In order to remove whole |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1862 | directory trees, :func:`shutil.rmtree` can be used. |
| 1863 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1864 | This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
| 1865 | <dir_fd>`. |
Larry Hastings | b698d8e | 2012-06-23 16:55:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1866 | |
Larry Hastings | b698d8e | 2012-06-23 16:55:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1867 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 1868 | The *dir_fd* parameter. |
| 1869 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1870 | |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1871 | .. function:: scandir(path='.') |
| 1872 | |
| 1873 | Return an iterator of :class:`DirEntry` objects corresponding to the entries |
| 1874 | in the directory given by *path*. The entries are yielded in arbitrary |
| 1875 | order, and the special entries ``'.'`` and ``'..'`` are not included. |
| 1876 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1877 | Using :func:`scandir` instead of :func:`listdir` can significantly |
| 1878 | increase the performance of code that also needs file type or file |
| 1879 | attribute information, because :class:`DirEntry` objects expose this |
| 1880 | information if the operating system provides it when scanning a directory. |
| 1881 | All :class:`DirEntry` methods may perform a system call, but |
| 1882 | :func:`~DirEntry.is_dir` and :func:`~DirEntry.is_file` usually only |
| 1883 | require a system call for symbolic links; :func:`DirEntry.stat` |
| 1884 | always requires a system call on Unix but only requires one for |
| 1885 | symbolic links on Windows. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1887 | On Unix, *path* can be of type :class:`str` or :class:`bytes` (use |
| 1888 | :func:`~os.fsencode` and :func:`~os.fsdecode` to encode and decode |
| 1889 | :class:`bytes` paths). On Windows, *path* must be of type :class:`str`. |
| 1890 | On both sytems, the type of the :attr:`~DirEntry.name` and |
| 1891 | :attr:`~DirEntry.path` attributes of each :class:`DirEntry` will be of |
| 1892 | the same type as *path*. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1893 | |
| 1894 | The following example shows a simple use of :func:`scandir` to display all |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1895 | the files (excluding directories) in the given *path* that don't start with |
| 1896 | ``'.'``. The ``entry.is_file()`` call will generally not make an additional |
| 1897 | system call:: |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1898 | |
| 1899 | for entry in os.scandir(path): |
| 1900 | if not entry.name.startswith('.') and entry.is_file(): |
| 1901 | print(entry.name) |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 | .. note:: |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 | On Unix-based systems, :func:`scandir` uses the system's |
| 1906 | `opendir() <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/opendir.html>`_ |
| 1907 | and |
| 1908 | `readdir() <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/readdir_r.html>`_ |
| 1909 | functions. On Windows, it uses the Win32 |
Georg Brandl | 5d94134 | 2016-02-26 19:37:12 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1910 | `FindFirstFileW <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa364418(v=vs.85).aspx>`_ |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1911 | and |
Georg Brandl | 5d94134 | 2016-02-26 19:37:12 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1912 | `FindNextFileW <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa364428(v=vs.85).aspx>`_ |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1913 | functions. |
| 1914 | |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1915 | .. versionadded:: 3.5 |
| 1916 | |
| 1917 | |
| 1918 | .. class:: DirEntry |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 | Object yielded by :func:`scandir` to expose the file path and other file |
| 1921 | attributes of a directory entry. |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 | :func:`scandir` will provide as much of this information as possible without |
| 1924 | making additional system calls. When a ``stat()`` or ``lstat()`` system call |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1925 | is made, the ``DirEntry`` object will cache the result. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1926 | |
| 1927 | ``DirEntry`` instances are not intended to be stored in long-lived data |
| 1928 | structures; if you know the file metadata has changed or if a long time has |
| 1929 | elapsed since calling :func:`scandir`, call ``os.stat(entry.path)`` to fetch |
| 1930 | up-to-date information. |
| 1931 | |
| 1932 | Because the ``DirEntry`` methods can make operating system calls, they may |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1933 | also raise :exc:`OSError`. If you need very fine-grained |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1934 | control over errors, you can catch :exc:`OSError` when calling one of the |
| 1935 | ``DirEntry`` methods and handle as appropriate. |
| 1936 | |
| 1937 | Attributes and methods on a ``DirEntry`` instance are as follows: |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 | .. attribute:: name |
| 1940 | |
| 1941 | The entry's base filename, relative to the :func:`scandir` *path* |
| 1942 | argument. |
| 1943 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1944 | The :attr:`name` attribute will be of the same type (``str`` or |
| 1945 | ``bytes``) as the :func:`scandir` *path* argument. Use |
| 1946 | :func:`~os.fsdecode` to decode byte filenames. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1947 | |
| 1948 | .. attribute:: path |
| 1949 | |
| 1950 | The entry's full path name: equivalent to ``os.path.join(scandir_path, |
| 1951 | entry.name)`` where *scandir_path* is the :func:`scandir` *path* |
| 1952 | argument. The path is only absolute if the :func:`scandir` *path* |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1953 | argument was absolute. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1954 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1955 | The :attr:`path` attribute will be of the same type (``str`` or |
| 1956 | ``bytes``) as the :func:`scandir` *path* argument. Use |
| 1957 | :func:`~os.fsdecode` to decode byte filenames. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1958 | |
| 1959 | .. method:: inode() |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 | Return the inode number of the entry. |
| 1962 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1963 | The result is cached on the ``DirEntry`` object. Use ``os.stat(entry.path, |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1964 | follow_symlinks=False).st_ino`` to fetch up-to-date information. |
| 1965 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1966 | On the first, uncached call, a system call is required on Windows but |
| 1967 | not on Unix. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1968 | |
| 1969 | .. method:: is_dir(\*, follow_symlinks=True) |
| 1970 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1971 | Return ``True`` if this entry is a directory or a symbolic link pointing |
| 1972 | to a directory; return ``False`` if the entry is or points to any other |
| 1973 | kind of file, or if it doesn't exist anymore. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 | |
| 1975 | If *follow_symlinks* is ``False``, return ``True`` only if this entry |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1976 | is a directory (without following symlinks); return ``False`` if the |
| 1977 | entry is any other kind of file or if it doesn't exist anymore. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1978 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1979 | The result is cached on the ``DirEntry`` object, with a separate cache |
| 1980 | for *follow_symlinks* ``True`` and ``False``. Call :func:`os.stat` along |
| 1981 | with :func:`stat.S_ISDIR` to fetch up-to-date information. |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 | On the first, uncached call, no system call is required in most cases. |
| 1984 | Specifically, for non-symlinks, neither Windows or Unix require a system |
| 1985 | call, except on certain Unix file systems, such as network file systems, |
| 1986 | that return ``dirent.d_type == DT_UNKNOWN``. If the entry is a symlink, |
| 1987 | a system call will be required to follow the symlink unless |
| 1988 | *follow_symlinks* is ``False``. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1989 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1990 | This method can raise :exc:`OSError`, such as :exc:`PermissionError`, |
| 1991 | but :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is caught and not raised. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 | |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1993 | .. method:: is_file(\*, follow_symlinks=True) |
| 1994 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1995 | Return ``True`` if this entry is a file or a symbolic link pointing to a |
| 1996 | file; return ``False`` if the entry is or points to a directory or other |
| 1997 | non-file entry, or if it doesn't exist anymore. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1998 | |
| 1999 | If *follow_symlinks* is ``False``, return ``True`` only if this entry |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 | is a file (without following symlinks); return ``False`` if the entry is |
| 2001 | a directory or other non-file entry, or if it doesn't exist anymore. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2002 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2003 | The result is cached on the ``DirEntry`` object. Caching, system calls |
| 2004 | made, and exceptions raised are as per :func:`~DirEntry.is_dir`. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2005 | |
| 2006 | .. method:: is_symlink() |
| 2007 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2008 | Return ``True`` if this entry is a symbolic link (even if broken); |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2009 | return ``False`` if the entry points to a directory or any kind of file, |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2010 | or if it doesn't exist anymore. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2011 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2012 | The result is cached on the ``DirEntry`` object. Call |
| 2013 | :func:`os.path.islink` to fetch up-to-date information. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2014 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2015 | On the first, uncached call, no system call is required in most cases. |
| 2016 | Specifically, neither Windows or Unix require a system call, except on |
| 2017 | certain Unix file systems, such as network file systems, that return |
| 2018 | ``dirent.d_type == DT_UNKNOWN``. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2019 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2020 | This method can raise :exc:`OSError`, such as :exc:`PermissionError`, |
| 2021 | but :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is caught and not raised. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2022 | |
| 2023 | .. method:: stat(\*, follow_symlinks=True) |
| 2024 | |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2025 | Return a :class:`stat_result` object for this entry. This method |
| 2026 | follows symbolic links by default; to stat a symbolic link add the |
| 2027 | ``follow_symlinks=False`` argument. |
| 2028 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2029 | On Unix, this method always requires a system call. On Windows, it |
| 2030 | only requires a system call if *follow_symlinks* is ``True`` and the |
| 2031 | entry is a symbolic link. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2032 | |
| 2033 | On Windows, the ``st_ino``, ``st_dev`` and ``st_nlink`` attributes of the |
| 2034 | :class:`stat_result` are always set to zero. Call :func:`os.stat` to |
| 2035 | get these attributes. |
| 2036 | |
Victor Stinner | 5f0c5d9 | 2016-01-31 18:36:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2037 | The result is cached on the ``DirEntry`` object, with a separate cache |
| 2038 | for *follow_symlinks* ``True`` and ``False``. Call :func:`os.stat` to |
| 2039 | fetch up-to-date information. |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2040 | |
Guido van Rossum | 1469d74 | 2016-01-06 11:36:03 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2041 | Note that there is a nice correspondence between several attributes |
| 2042 | and methods of ``DirEntry`` and of :class:`pathlib.Path`. In |
| 2043 | particular, the ``name`` and ``path`` attributes have the same |
| 2044 | meaning, as do the ``is_dir()``, ``is_file()``, ``is_symlink()`` |
| 2045 | and ``stat()`` methods. |
| 2046 | |
Victor Stinner | 6036e44 | 2015-03-08 01:58:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2047 | .. versionadded:: 3.5 |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2050 | .. function:: stat(path, \*, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2051 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2052 | Get the status of a file or a file descriptor. Perform the equivalent of a |
| 2053 | :c:func:`stat` system call on the given path. *path* may be specified as |
| 2054 | either a string or as an open file descriptor. Return a :class:`stat_result` |
| 2055 | object. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2056 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2057 | This function normally follows symlinks; to stat a symlink add the argument |
| 2058 | ``follow_symlinks=False``, or use :func:`lstat`. |
R. David Murray | 7b1aae9 | 2011-01-24 19:34:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2059 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2060 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and |
| 2061 | :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2062 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2063 | .. index:: module: stat |
R. David Murray | 7b1aae9 | 2011-01-24 19:34:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2064 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2065 | Example:: |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2066 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2067 | >>> import os |
| 2068 | >>> statinfo = os.stat('somefile.txt') |
| 2069 | >>> statinfo |
| 2070 | os.stat_result(st_mode=33188, st_ino=7876932, st_dev=234881026, |
| 2071 | st_nlink=1, st_uid=501, st_gid=501, st_size=264, st_atime=1297230295, |
| 2072 | st_mtime=1297230027, st_ctime=1297230027) |
| 2073 | >>> statinfo.st_size |
| 2074 | 264 |
R. David Murray | 7b1aae9 | 2011-01-24 19:34:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2075 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2076 | .. seealso:: |
Zachary Ware | 63f277b | 2014-06-19 09:46:37 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2077 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2078 | :func:`fstat` and :func:`lstat` functions. |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2081 | Added the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments, specifying a file |
| 2082 | descriptor instead of a path. |
| 2083 | |
| 2084 | |
| 2085 | .. class:: stat_result |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 | Object whose attributes correspond roughly to the members of the |
| 2088 | :c:type:`stat` structure. It is used for the result of :func:`os.stat`, |
| 2089 | :func:`os.fstat` and :func:`os.lstat`. |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 | Attributes: |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 | .. attribute:: st_mode |
| 2094 | |
| 2095 | File mode: file type and file mode bits (permissions). |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | .. attribute:: st_ino |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 | Inode number. |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 | .. attribute:: st_dev |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 | Identifier of the device on which this file resides. |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 | .. attribute:: st_nlink |
| 2106 | |
| 2107 | Number of hard links. |
| 2108 | |
| 2109 | .. attribute:: st_uid |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 | User identifier of the file owner. |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 | .. attribute:: st_gid |
| 2114 | |
| 2115 | Group identifier of the file owner. |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | .. attribute:: st_size |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 | Size of the file in bytes, if it is a regular file or a symbolic link. |
| 2120 | The size of a symbolic link is the length of the pathname it contains, |
| 2121 | without a terminating null byte. |
| 2122 | |
| 2123 | Timestamps: |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 | .. attribute:: st_atime |
| 2126 | |
| 2127 | Time of most recent access expressed in seconds. |
| 2128 | |
| 2129 | .. attribute:: st_mtime |
| 2130 | |
| 2131 | Time of most recent content modification expressed in seconds. |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 | .. attribute:: st_ctime |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 | Platform dependent: |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | * the time of most recent metadata change on Unix, |
| 2138 | * the time of creation on Windows, expressed in seconds. |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 | .. attribute:: st_atime_ns |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 | Time of most recent access expressed in nanoseconds as an integer. |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 | .. attribute:: st_mtime_ns |
| 2145 | |
| 2146 | Time of most recent content modification expressed in nanoseconds as an |
| 2147 | integer. |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 | .. attribute:: st_ctime_ns |
| 2150 | |
| 2151 | Platform dependent: |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | * the time of most recent metadata change on Unix, |
| 2154 | * the time of creation on Windows, expressed in nanoseconds as an |
| 2155 | integer. |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 | See also the :func:`stat_float_times` function. |
Zachary Ware | 63f277b | 2014-06-19 09:46:37 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2158 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2159 | .. note:: |
| 2160 | |
Senthil Kumaran | 3aac179 | 2011-07-04 11:43:51 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2161 | The exact meaning and resolution of the :attr:`st_atime`, |
Senthil Kumaran | a6bac95 | 2011-07-04 11:28:30 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2162 | :attr:`st_mtime`, and :attr:`st_ctime` attributes depend on the operating |
| 2163 | system and the file system. For example, on Windows systems using the FAT |
| 2164 | or FAT32 file systems, :attr:`st_mtime` has 2-second resolution, and |
| 2165 | :attr:`st_atime` has only 1-day resolution. See your operating system |
| 2166 | documentation for details. |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2167 | |
Larry Hastings | 6fe20b3 | 2012-04-19 15:07:49 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2168 | Similarly, although :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`, |
| 2169 | and :attr:`st_ctime_ns` are always expressed in nanoseconds, many |
| 2170 | systems do not provide nanosecond precision. On systems that do |
| 2171 | provide nanosecond precision, the floating-point object used to |
| 2172 | store :attr:`st_atime`, :attr:`st_mtime`, and :attr:`st_ctime` |
| 2173 | cannot preserve all of it, and as such will be slightly inexact. |
| 2174 | If you need the exact timestamps you should always use |
| 2175 | :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`, and :attr:`st_ctime_ns`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2176 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2177 | On some Unix systems (such as Linux), the following attributes may also be |
| 2178 | available: |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 | .. attribute:: st_blocks |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 | Number of 512-byte blocks allocated for file. |
| 2183 | This may be smaller than :attr:`st_size`/512 when the file has holes. |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 | .. attribute:: st_blksize |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 | "Preferred" blocksize for efficient file system I/O. Writing to a file in |
| 2188 | smaller chunks may cause an inefficient read-modify-rewrite. |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 | .. attribute:: st_rdev |
| 2191 | |
| 2192 | Type of device if an inode device. |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | .. attribute:: st_flags |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | User defined flags for file. |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 | On other Unix systems (such as FreeBSD), the following attributes may be |
| 2199 | available (but may be only filled out if root tries to use them): |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 | .. attribute:: st_gen |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | File generation number. |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 | .. attribute:: st_birthtime |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 | Time of file creation. |
| 2208 | |
| 2209 | On Mac OS systems, the following attributes may also be available: |
| 2210 | |
| 2211 | .. attribute:: st_rsize |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 | Real size of the file. |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 | .. attribute:: st_creator |
| 2216 | |
| 2217 | Creator of the file. |
| 2218 | |
| 2219 | .. attribute:: st_type |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 | File type. |
| 2222 | |
Victor Stinner | e1d24f7 | 2014-07-24 12:44:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2223 | On Windows systems, the following attribute is also available: |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 | .. attribute:: st_file_attributes |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 | Windows file attributes: ``dwFileAttributes`` member of the |
| 2228 | ``BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION`` structure returned by |
| 2229 | :c:func:`GetFileInformationByHandle`. See the ``FILE_ATTRIBUTE_*`` |
| 2230 | constants in the :mod:`stat` module. |
| 2231 | |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2232 | The standard module :mod:`stat` defines functions and constants that are |
| 2233 | useful for extracting information from a :c:type:`stat` structure. (On |
| 2234 | Windows, some items are filled with dummy values.) |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 | For backward compatibility, a :class:`stat_result` instance is also |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2237 | accessible as a tuple of at least 10 integers giving the most important (and |
| 2238 | portable) members of the :c:type:`stat` structure, in the order |
| 2239 | :attr:`st_mode`, :attr:`st_ino`, :attr:`st_dev`, :attr:`st_nlink`, |
| 2240 | :attr:`st_uid`, :attr:`st_gid`, :attr:`st_size`, :attr:`st_atime`, |
| 2241 | :attr:`st_mtime`, :attr:`st_ctime`. More items may be added at the end by |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2242 | some implementations. For compatibility with older Python versions, |
| 2243 | accessing :class:`stat_result` as a tuple always returns integers. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2244 | |
Larry Hastings | 6fe20b3 | 2012-04-19 15:07:49 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
Victor Stinner | 6d4f4fe | 2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2246 | Added the :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`, and |
| 2247 | :attr:`st_ctime_ns` members. |
Larry Hastings | 6fe20b3 | 2012-04-19 15:07:49 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2248 | |
Zachary Ware | 63f277b | 2014-06-19 09:46:37 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2249 | .. versionadded:: 3.5 |
| 2250 | Added the :attr:`st_file_attributes` member on Windows. |
| 2251 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2252 | |
| 2253 | .. function:: stat_float_times([newvalue]) |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 | Determine whether :class:`stat_result` represents time stamps as float objects. |
R. David Murray | 7b1aae9 | 2011-01-24 19:34:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2256 | If *newvalue* is ``True``, future calls to :func:`~os.stat` return floats, if it is |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2257 | ``False``, future calls return ints. If *newvalue* is omitted, return the |
| 2258 | current setting. |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 | For compatibility with older Python versions, accessing :class:`stat_result` as |
| 2261 | a tuple always returns integers. |
| 2262 | |
Georg Brandl | 55ac8f0 | 2007-09-01 13:51:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2263 | Python now returns float values by default. Applications which do not work |
| 2264 | correctly with floating point time stamps can use this function to restore the |
| 2265 | old behaviour. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2266 | |
| 2267 | The resolution of the timestamps (that is the smallest possible fraction) |
| 2268 | depends on the system. Some systems only support second resolution; on these |
| 2269 | systems, the fraction will always be zero. |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | It is recommended that this setting is only changed at program startup time in |
| 2272 | the *__main__* module; libraries should never change this setting. If an |
| 2273 | application uses a library that works incorrectly if floating point time stamps |
| 2274 | are processed, this application should turn the feature off until the library |
| 2275 | has been corrected. |
| 2276 | |
Victor Stinner | 034d0aa | 2012-06-05 01:22:15 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2277 | .. deprecated:: 3.3 |
| 2278 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2279 | |
| 2280 | .. function:: statvfs(path) |
| 2281 | |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2282 | Perform a :c:func:`statvfs` system call on the given path. The return value is |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2283 | an object whose attributes describe the filesystem on the given path, and |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2284 | correspond to the members of the :c:type:`statvfs` structure, namely: |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2285 | :attr:`f_bsize`, :attr:`f_frsize`, :attr:`f_blocks`, :attr:`f_bfree`, |
| 2286 | :attr:`f_bavail`, :attr:`f_files`, :attr:`f_ffree`, :attr:`f_favail`, |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2287 | :attr:`f_flag`, :attr:`f_namemax`. |
| 2288 | |
Andrew M. Kuchling | 4ea04a3 | 2010-08-18 22:30:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2289 | Two module-level constants are defined for the :attr:`f_flag` attribute's |
| 2290 | bit-flags: if :const:`ST_RDONLY` is set, the filesystem is mounted |
| 2291 | read-only, and if :const:`ST_NOSUID` is set, the semantics of |
| 2292 | setuid/setgid bits are disabled or not supported. |
| 2293 | |
doko@ubuntu.com | ca616a2 | 2013-12-08 15:23:07 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 | Additional module-level constants are defined for GNU/glibc based systems. |
| 2295 | These are :const:`ST_NODEV` (disallow access to device special files), |
| 2296 | :const:`ST_NOEXEC` (disallow program execution), :const:`ST_SYNCHRONOUS` |
| 2297 | (writes are synced at once), :const:`ST_MANDLOCK` (allow mandatory locks on an FS), |
| 2298 | :const:`ST_WRITE` (write on file/directory/symlink), :const:`ST_APPEND` |
| 2299 | (append-only file), :const:`ST_IMMUTABLE` (immutable file), :const:`ST_NOATIME` |
| 2300 | (do not update access times), :const:`ST_NODIRATIME` (do not update directory access |
| 2301 | times), :const:`ST_RELATIME` (update atime relative to mtime/ctime). |
| 2302 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2303 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2304 | |
Andrew M. Kuchling | 4ea04a3 | 2010-08-18 22:30:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2305 | .. versionchanged:: 3.2 |
| 2306 | The :const:`ST_RDONLY` and :const:`ST_NOSUID` constants were added. |
| 2307 | |
doko@ubuntu.com | ca616a2 | 2013-12-08 15:23:07 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2308 | .. versionchanged:: 3.4 |
| 2309 | The :const:`ST_NODEV`, :const:`ST_NOEXEC`, :const:`ST_SYNCHRONOUS`, |
| 2310 | :const:`ST_MANDLOCK`, :const:`ST_WRITE`, :const:`ST_APPEND`, |
| 2311 | :const:`ST_IMMUTABLE`, :const:`ST_NOATIME`, :const:`ST_NODIRATIME`, |
| 2312 | and :const:`ST_RELATIME` constants were added. |
| 2313 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2314 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2316 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2317 | Added support for specifying an open file descriptor for *path*. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2318 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2319 | |
| 2320 | .. data:: supports_dir_fd |
| 2321 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2322 | A :class:`~collections.abc.Set` object indicating which functions in the |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 | :mod:`os` module permit use of their *dir_fd* parameter. Different platforms |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 | provide different functionality, and an option that might work on one might |
| 2325 | be unsupported on another. For consistency's sakes, functions that support |
Andrew Svetlov | 5b89840 | 2012-12-18 21:26:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 | *dir_fd* always allow specifying the parameter, but will raise an exception |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 | if the functionality is not actually available. |
| 2328 | |
| 2329 | To check whether a particular function permits use of its *dir_fd* |
| 2330 | parameter, use the ``in`` operator on ``supports_dir_fd``. As an example, |
| 2331 | this expression determines whether the *dir_fd* parameter of :func:`os.stat` |
| 2332 | is locally available:: |
| 2333 | |
| 2334 | os.stat in os.supports_dir_fd |
| 2335 | |
Georg Brandl | f62445a | 2012-06-24 13:31:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2336 | Currently *dir_fd* parameters only work on Unix platforms; none of them work |
| 2337 | on Windows. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2338 | |
| 2339 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2340 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2341 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | .. data:: supports_effective_ids |
| 2343 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2344 | A :class:`~collections.abc.Set` object indicating which functions in the |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2345 | :mod:`os` module permit use of the *effective_ids* parameter for |
| 2346 | :func:`os.access`. If the local platform supports it, the collection will |
| 2347 | contain :func:`os.access`, otherwise it will be empty. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2348 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2349 | To check whether you can use the *effective_ids* parameter for |
Berker Peksag | 4d6c606 | 2015-02-16 03:36:10 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2350 | :func:`os.access`, use the ``in`` operator on ``supports_effective_ids``, |
| 2351 | like so:: |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2352 | |
| 2353 | os.access in os.supports_effective_ids |
| 2354 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2355 | Currently *effective_ids* only works on Unix platforms; it does not work on |
| 2356 | Windows. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | |
| 2358 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2359 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2360 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2361 | .. data:: supports_fd |
| 2362 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2363 | A :class:`~collections.abc.Set` object indicating which functions in the |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2364 | :mod:`os` module permit specifying their *path* parameter as an open file |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2365 | descriptor. Different platforms provide different functionality, and an |
| 2366 | option that might work on one might be unsupported on another. For |
| 2367 | consistency's sakes, functions that support *fd* always allow specifying |
Andrew Svetlov | 5b89840 | 2012-12-18 21:26:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2368 | the parameter, but will raise an exception if the functionality is not |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2369 | actually available. |
| 2370 | |
| 2371 | To check whether a particular function permits specifying an open file |
| 2372 | descriptor for its *path* parameter, use the ``in`` operator on |
| 2373 | ``supports_fd``. As an example, this expression determines whether |
| 2374 | :func:`os.chdir` accepts open file descriptors when called on your local |
| 2375 | platform:: |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | os.chdir in os.supports_fd |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2380 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2381 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2382 | .. data:: supports_follow_symlinks |
| 2383 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2384 | A :class:`~collections.abc.Set` object indicating which functions in the |
Georg Brandl | aceaf90 | 2012-06-25 08:33:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2385 | :mod:`os` module permit use of their *follow_symlinks* parameter. Different |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2386 | platforms provide different functionality, and an option that might work on |
| 2387 | one might be unsupported on another. For consistency's sakes, functions that |
| 2388 | support *follow_symlinks* always allow specifying the parameter, but will |
Andrew Svetlov | 5b89840 | 2012-12-18 21:26:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 | raise an exception if the functionality is not actually available. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 | |
| 2391 | To check whether a particular function permits use of its *follow_symlinks* |
| 2392 | parameter, use the ``in`` operator on ``supports_follow_symlinks``. As an |
| 2393 | example, this expression determines whether the *follow_symlinks* parameter |
| 2394 | of :func:`os.stat` is locally available:: |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | os.stat in os.supports_follow_symlinks |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2399 | |
Georg Brandl | 8ccadaa | 2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2400 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2401 | .. function:: symlink(src, dst, target_is_directory=False, *, dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2402 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2403 | Create a symbolic link pointing to *src* named *dst*. |
Brian Curtin | c739569 | 2010-07-09 15:15:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2404 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2405 | On Windows, a symlink represents either a file or a directory, and does not |
Jason R. Coombs | 3a09286 | 2013-05-27 23:21:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2406 | morph to the target dynamically. If the target is present, the type of the |
| 2407 | symlink will be created to match. Otherwise, the symlink will be created |
| 2408 | as a directory if *target_is_directory* is ``True`` or a file symlink (the |
| 2409 | default) otherwise. On non-Window platforms, *target_is_directory* is ignored. |
Brian Curtin | d40e6f7 | 2010-07-08 21:39:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2410 | |
Georg Brandl | 64a41ed | 2010-10-06 08:52:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | Symbolic link support was introduced in Windows 6.0 (Vista). :func:`symlink` |
| 2412 | will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError` on Windows versions earlier than 6.0. |
Brian Curtin | 52173d4 | 2010-12-02 18:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2413 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 | This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
| 2415 | <dir_fd>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2416 | |
Brian Curtin | 52173d4 | 2010-12-02 18:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2417 | .. note:: |
| 2418 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2419 | On Windows, the *SeCreateSymbolicLinkPrivilege* is required in order to |
| 2420 | successfully create symlinks. This privilege is not typically granted to |
| 2421 | regular users but is available to accounts which can escalate privileges |
| 2422 | to the administrator level. Either obtaining the privilege or running your |
Brian Curtin | 9624559 | 2010-12-28 17:08:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2423 | application as an administrator are ways to successfully create symlinks. |
| 2424 | |
Jason R. Coombs | 3a09286 | 2013-05-27 23:21:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2425 | |
Brian Curtin | 9624559 | 2010-12-28 17:08:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2426 | :exc:`OSError` is raised when the function is called by an unprivileged |
| 2427 | user. |
Brian Curtin | d40e6f7 | 2010-07-08 21:39:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2428 | |
Georg Brandl | 64a41ed | 2010-10-06 08:52:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2429 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Brian Curtin | c739569 | 2010-07-09 15:15:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2430 | |
Georg Brandl | b382337 | 2010-07-10 08:58:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2431 | .. versionchanged:: 3.2 |
| 2432 | Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2434 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2435 | Added the *dir_fd* argument, and now allow *target_is_directory* |
| 2436 | on non-Windows platforms. |
| 2437 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2438 | |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2439 | .. function:: sync() |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 | Force write of everything to disk. |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 | Availability: Unix. |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2446 | |
| 2447 | |
| 2448 | .. function:: truncate(path, length) |
| 2449 | |
| 2450 | Truncate the file corresponding to *path*, so that it is at most |
| 2451 | *length* bytes in size. |
| 2452 | |
Georg Brandl | 306336b | 2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2453 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`. |
| 2454 | |
Steve Dower | fe0a41a | 2015-03-20 19:50:46 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2456 | |
| 2457 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2458 | |
Steve Dower | fe0a41a | 2015-03-20 19:50:46 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2459 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5 |
| 2460 | Added support for Windows |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2461 | |
Larry Hastings | b698d8e | 2012-06-23 16:55:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2462 | .. function:: unlink(path, *, dir_fd=None) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2463 | |
Brett Cannon | 01f7ac3 | 2015-12-28 17:30:32 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 | Remove (delete) the file *path*. This function is semantically |
| 2465 | identical to :func:`remove`; the ``unlink`` name is its |
| 2466 | traditional Unix name. Please see the documentation for |
| 2467 | :func:`remove` for further information. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2468 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2469 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
Larry Hastings | b698d8e | 2012-06-23 16:55:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2470 | The *dir_fd* parameter. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2471 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2472 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | .. function:: utime(path, times=None, *[, ns], dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2474 | |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2475 | Set the access and modified times of the file specified by *path*. |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 | :func:`utime` takes two optional parameters, *times* and *ns*. |
| 2478 | These specify the times set on *path* and are used as follows: |
| 2479 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2480 | - If *ns* is specified, |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2481 | it must be a 2-tuple of the form ``(atime_ns, mtime_ns)`` |
| 2482 | where each member is an int expressing nanoseconds. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2483 | - If *times* is not ``None``, |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2484 | it must be a 2-tuple of the form ``(atime, mtime)`` |
| 2485 | where each member is an int or float expressing seconds. |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2486 | - If *times* is ``None`` and *ns* is unspecified, |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2487 | this is equivalent to specifying ``ns=(atime_ns, mtime_ns)`` |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2488 | where both times are the current time. |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2489 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2490 | It is an error to specify tuples for both *times* and *ns*. |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2491 | |
| 2492 | Whether a directory can be given for *path* |
Brian Curtin | 52fbea1 | 2011-11-06 13:41:17 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2493 | depends on whether the operating system implements directories as files |
| 2494 | (for example, Windows does not). Note that the exact times you set here may |
| 2495 | not be returned by a subsequent :func:`~os.stat` call, depending on the |
| 2496 | resolution with which your operating system records access and modification |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2497 | times; see :func:`~os.stat`. The best way to preserve exact times is to |
| 2498 | use the *st_atime_ns* and *st_mtime_ns* fields from the :func:`os.stat` |
| 2499 | result object with the *ns* parameter to `utime`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2500 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`, |
| 2502 | :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not |
| 2503 | following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2504 | |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2505 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2506 | Added support for specifying an open file descriptor for *path*, |
| 2507 | and the *dir_fd*, *follow_symlinks*, and *ns* parameters. |
Larry Hastings | 76ad59b | 2012-05-03 00:30:07 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2508 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2509 | |
Georg Brandl | 1824415 | 2009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2510 | .. function:: walk(top, topdown=True, onerror=None, followlinks=False) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2511 | |
| 2512 | .. index:: |
| 2513 | single: directory; walking |
| 2514 | single: directory; traversal |
| 2515 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2516 | Generate the file names in a directory tree by walking the tree |
| 2517 | either top-down or bottom-up. For each directory in the tree rooted at directory |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2518 | *top* (including *top* itself), it yields a 3-tuple ``(dirpath, dirnames, |
| 2519 | filenames)``. |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 | *dirpath* is a string, the path to the directory. *dirnames* is a list of the |
| 2522 | names of the subdirectories in *dirpath* (excluding ``'.'`` and ``'..'``). |
| 2523 | *filenames* is a list of the names of the non-directory files in *dirpath*. |
| 2524 | Note that the names in the lists contain no path components. To get a full path |
| 2525 | (which begins with *top*) to a file or directory in *dirpath*, do |
| 2526 | ``os.path.join(dirpath, name)``. |
| 2527 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2528 | If optional argument *topdown* is ``True`` or not specified, the triple for a |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2529 | directory is generated before the triples for any of its subdirectories |
Benjamin Peterson | e58e0c7 | 2014-06-15 20:51:12 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2530 | (directories are generated top-down). If *topdown* is ``False``, the triple |
| 2531 | for a directory is generated after the triples for all of its subdirectories |
| 2532 | (directories are generated bottom-up). No matter the value of *topdown*, the |
| 2533 | list of subdirectories is retrieved before the tuples for the directory and |
| 2534 | its subdirectories are generated. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2535 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2536 | When *topdown* is ``True``, the caller can modify the *dirnames* list in-place |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2537 | (perhaps using :keyword:`del` or slice assignment), and :func:`walk` will only |
| 2538 | recurse into the subdirectories whose names remain in *dirnames*; this can be |
| 2539 | used to prune the search, impose a specific order of visiting, or even to inform |
| 2540 | :func:`walk` about directories the caller creates or renames before it resumes |
Victor Stinner | 0e316f6 | 2015-10-23 12:38:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2541 | :func:`walk` again. Modifying *dirnames* when *topdown* is ``False`` has |
| 2542 | no effect on the behavior of the walk, because in bottom-up mode the directories |
| 2543 | in *dirnames* are generated before *dirpath* itself is generated. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2544 | |
Ezio Melotti | 67494f2 | 2011-10-18 12:59:39 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2545 | By default, errors from the :func:`listdir` call are ignored. If optional |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2546 | argument *onerror* is specified, it should be a function; it will be called with |
| 2547 | one argument, an :exc:`OSError` instance. It can report the error to continue |
| 2548 | with the walk, or raise the exception to abort the walk. Note that the filename |
| 2549 | is available as the ``filename`` attribute of the exception object. |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 | By default, :func:`walk` will not walk down into symbolic links that resolve to |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2552 | directories. Set *followlinks* to ``True`` to visit directories pointed to by |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 | symlinks, on systems that support them. |
| 2554 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2555 | .. note:: |
| 2556 | |
Georg Brandl | 50c4000 | 2012-06-24 11:45:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2557 | Be aware that setting *followlinks* to ``True`` can lead to infinite |
| 2558 | recursion if a link points to a parent directory of itself. :func:`walk` |
| 2559 | does not keep track of the directories it visited already. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2560 | |
| 2561 | .. note:: |
| 2562 | |
| 2563 | If you pass a relative pathname, don't change the current working directory |
| 2564 | between resumptions of :func:`walk`. :func:`walk` never changes the current |
| 2565 | directory, and assumes that its caller doesn't either. |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 | This example displays the number of bytes taken by non-directory files in each |
| 2568 | directory under the starting directory, except that it doesn't look under any |
| 2569 | CVS subdirectory:: |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 | import os |
| 2572 | from os.path import join, getsize |
| 2573 | for root, dirs, files in os.walk('python/Lib/email'): |
Georg Brandl | 6911e3c | 2007-09-04 07:15:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2574 | print(root, "consumes", end=" ") |
| 2575 | print(sum(getsize(join(root, name)) for name in files), end=" ") |
| 2576 | print("bytes in", len(files), "non-directory files") |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2577 | if 'CVS' in dirs: |
| 2578 | dirs.remove('CVS') # don't visit CVS directories |
| 2579 | |
Victor Stinner | 47c41b4 | 2015-03-10 13:31:47 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2580 | In the next example (simple implementation of :func:`shutil.rmtree`), |
| 2581 | walking the tree bottom-up is essential, :func:`rmdir` doesn't allow |
| 2582 | deleting a directory before the directory is empty:: |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2584 | # Delete everything reachable from the directory named in "top", |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2585 | # assuming there are no symbolic links. |
| 2586 | # CAUTION: This is dangerous! For example, if top == '/', it |
| 2587 | # could delete all your disk files. |
| 2588 | import os |
| 2589 | for root, dirs, files in os.walk(top, topdown=False): |
| 2590 | for name in files: |
| 2591 | os.remove(os.path.join(root, name)) |
| 2592 | for name in dirs: |
| 2593 | os.rmdir(os.path.join(root, name)) |
| 2594 | |
Victor Stinner | 524a5ba | 2015-03-10 13:20:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2595 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5 |
Victor Stinner | 51b5832 | 2015-05-15 09:12:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2596 | This function now calls :func:`os.scandir` instead of :func:`os.listdir`, |
| 2597 | making it faster by reducing the number of calls to :func:`os.stat`. |
Victor Stinner | 524a5ba | 2015-03-10 13:20:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2598 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2599 | |
Larry Hastings | b403806 | 2012-07-15 10:57:38 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 | .. function:: fwalk(top='.', topdown=True, onerror=None, *, follow_symlinks=False, dir_fd=None) |
Charles-François Natali | 7372b06 | 2012-02-05 15:15:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2601 | |
| 2602 | .. index:: |
| 2603 | single: directory; walking |
| 2604 | single: directory; traversal |
| 2605 | |
Eli Bendersky | d049d5c | 2012-02-11 09:52:29 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2606 | This behaves exactly like :func:`walk`, except that it yields a 4-tuple |
Larry Hastings | c48fe98 | 2012-06-25 04:49:05 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2607 | ``(dirpath, dirnames, filenames, dirfd)``, and it supports ``dir_fd``. |
Charles-François Natali | 7372b06 | 2012-02-05 15:15:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2608 | |
| 2609 | *dirpath*, *dirnames* and *filenames* are identical to :func:`walk` output, |
| 2610 | and *dirfd* is a file descriptor referring to the directory *dirpath*. |
| 2611 | |
Larry Hastings | c48fe98 | 2012-06-25 04:49:05 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2612 | This function always supports :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors |
Larry Hastings | b403806 | 2012-07-15 10:57:38 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2613 | <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. Note however |
Larry Hastings | 950b76a | 2012-07-15 17:32:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2614 | that, unlike other functions, the :func:`fwalk` default value for |
Larry Hastings | b403806 | 2012-07-15 10:57:38 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2615 | *follow_symlinks* is ``False``. |
Larry Hastings | c48fe98 | 2012-06-25 04:49:05 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2616 | |
Charles-François Natali | 7372b06 | 2012-02-05 15:15:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 | .. note:: |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | Since :func:`fwalk` yields file descriptors, those are only valid until |
| 2620 | the next iteration step, so you should duplicate them (e.g. with |
| 2621 | :func:`dup`) if you want to keep them longer. |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 | This example displays the number of bytes taken by non-directory files in each |
| 2624 | directory under the starting directory, except that it doesn't look under any |
| 2625 | CVS subdirectory:: |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 | import os |
| 2628 | for root, dirs, files, rootfd in os.fwalk('python/Lib/email'): |
| 2629 | print(root, "consumes", end="") |
Hynek Schlawack | 1729b8f | 2012-06-24 16:11:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2630 | print(sum([os.stat(name, dir_fd=rootfd).st_size for name in files]), |
Charles-François Natali | 7372b06 | 2012-02-05 15:15:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2631 | end="") |
| 2632 | print("bytes in", len(files), "non-directory files") |
| 2633 | if 'CVS' in dirs: |
| 2634 | dirs.remove('CVS') # don't visit CVS directories |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | In the next example, walking the tree bottom-up is essential: |
Victor Stinner | 69a6ca5 | 2012-08-05 15:18:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2637 | :func:`rmdir` doesn't allow deleting a directory before the directory is |
Charles-François Natali | 7372b06 | 2012-02-05 15:15:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2638 | empty:: |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 | # Delete everything reachable from the directory named in "top", |
| 2641 | # assuming there are no symbolic links. |
| 2642 | # CAUTION: This is dangerous! For example, if top == '/', it |
| 2643 | # could delete all your disk files. |
| 2644 | import os |
| 2645 | for root, dirs, files, rootfd in os.fwalk(top, topdown=False): |
| 2646 | for name in files: |
Victor Stinner | 69a6ca5 | 2012-08-05 15:18:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2647 | os.unlink(name, dir_fd=rootfd) |
Charles-François Natali | 7372b06 | 2012-02-05 15:15:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2648 | for name in dirs: |
Victor Stinner | 69a6ca5 | 2012-08-05 15:18:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2649 | os.rmdir(name, dir_fd=rootfd) |
Charles-François Natali | 7372b06 | 2012-02-05 15:15:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2650 | |
| 2651 | Availability: Unix. |
| 2652 | |
| 2653 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 | |
Georg Brandl | b9831ab | 2012-06-24 11:57:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2656 | Linux extended attributes |
| 2657 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 | These functions are all available on Linux only. |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 | .. function:: getxattr(path, attribute, *, follow_symlinks=True) |
| 2664 | |
| 2665 | Return the value of the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* for |
| 2666 | *path*. *attribute* can be bytes or str. If it is str, it is encoded |
| 2667 | with the filesystem encoding. |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and |
| 2670 | :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
| 2671 | |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 | .. function:: listxattr(path=None, *, follow_symlinks=True) |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | Return a list of the extended filesystem attributes on *path*. The |
| 2676 | attributes in the list are represented as strings decoded with the filesystem |
| 2677 | encoding. If *path* is ``None``, :func:`listxattr` will examine the current |
| 2678 | directory. |
| 2679 | |
| 2680 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and |
| 2681 | :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 | .. function:: removexattr(path, attribute, *, follow_symlinks=True) |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 | Removes the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* from *path*. |
| 2687 | *attribute* should be bytes or str. If it is a string, it is encoded |
| 2688 | with the filesystem encoding. |
| 2689 | |
| 2690 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and |
| 2691 | :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | |
| 2694 | .. function:: setxattr(path, attribute, value, flags=0, *, follow_symlinks=True) |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | Set the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* on *path* to *value*. |
| 2697 | *attribute* must be a bytes or str with no embedded NULs. If it is a str, |
| 2698 | it is encoded with the filesystem encoding. *flags* may be |
| 2699 | :data:`XATTR_REPLACE` or :data:`XATTR_CREATE`. If :data:`XATTR_REPLACE` is |
| 2700 | given and the attribute does not exist, ``EEXISTS`` will be raised. |
| 2701 | If :data:`XATTR_CREATE` is given and the attribute already exists, the |
| 2702 | attribute will not be created and ``ENODATA`` will be raised. |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 | This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and |
| 2705 | :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. |
| 2706 | |
| 2707 | .. note:: |
| 2708 | |
| 2709 | A bug in Linux kernel versions less than 2.6.39 caused the flags argument |
| 2710 | to be ignored on some filesystems. |
| 2711 | |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | .. data:: XATTR_SIZE_MAX |
| 2714 | |
| 2715 | The maximum size the value of an extended attribute can be. Currently, this |
Serhiy Storchaka | f8def28 | 2013-02-16 17:29:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2716 | is 64 KiB on Linux. |
Georg Brandl | b9831ab | 2012-06-24 11:57:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2717 | |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 | .. data:: XATTR_CREATE |
| 2720 | |
| 2721 | This is a possible value for the flags argument in :func:`setxattr`. It |
| 2722 | indicates the operation must create an attribute. |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 | |
| 2725 | .. data:: XATTR_REPLACE |
| 2726 | |
| 2727 | This is a possible value for the flags argument in :func:`setxattr`. It |
| 2728 | indicates the operation must replace an existing attribute. |
| 2729 | |
| 2730 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2731 | .. _os-process: |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 | Process Management |
| 2734 | ------------------ |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 | These functions may be used to create and manage processes. |
| 2737 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2738 | The various :func:`exec\* <execl>` functions take a list of arguments for the new |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2739 | program loaded into the process. In each case, the first of these arguments is |
| 2740 | passed to the new program as its own name rather than as an argument a user may |
| 2741 | have typed on a command line. For the C programmer, this is the ``argv[0]`` |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2742 | passed to a program's :c:func:`main`. For example, ``os.execv('/bin/echo', |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 | ['foo', 'bar'])`` will only print ``bar`` on standard output; ``foo`` will seem |
| 2744 | to be ignored. |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 | .. function:: abort() |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 | Generate a :const:`SIGABRT` signal to the current process. On Unix, the default |
| 2750 | behavior is to produce a core dump; on Windows, the process immediately returns |
Victor Stinner | 6e2e3b9 | 2011-07-08 02:26:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2751 | an exit code of ``3``. Be aware that calling this function will not call the |
| 2752 | Python signal handler registered for :const:`SIGABRT` with |
| 2753 | :func:`signal.signal`. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2754 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2755 | |
| 2756 | .. function:: execl(path, arg0, arg1, ...) |
| 2757 | execle(path, arg0, arg1, ..., env) |
| 2758 | execlp(file, arg0, arg1, ...) |
| 2759 | execlpe(file, arg0, arg1, ..., env) |
| 2760 | execv(path, args) |
| 2761 | execve(path, args, env) |
| 2762 | execvp(file, args) |
| 2763 | execvpe(file, args, env) |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 | These functions all execute a new program, replacing the current process; they |
| 2766 | do not return. On Unix, the new executable is loaded into the current process, |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2767 | and will have the same process id as the caller. Errors will be reported as |
Georg Brandl | 48310cd | 2009-01-03 21:18:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2768 | :exc:`OSError` exceptions. |
Benjamin Peterson | e9bbc8b | 2008-09-28 02:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2769 | |
| 2770 | The current process is replaced immediately. Open file objects and |
| 2771 | descriptors are not flushed, so if there may be data buffered |
| 2772 | on these open files, you should flush them using |
| 2773 | :func:`sys.stdout.flush` or :func:`os.fsync` before calling an |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2774 | :func:`exec\* <execl>` function. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2775 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2776 | The "l" and "v" variants of the :func:`exec\* <execl>` functions differ in how |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2777 | command-line arguments are passed. The "l" variants are perhaps the easiest |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2778 | to work with if the number of parameters is fixed when the code is written; the |
| 2779 | individual parameters simply become additional parameters to the :func:`execl\*` |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2780 | functions. The "v" variants are good when the number of parameters is |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2781 | variable, with the arguments being passed in a list or tuple as the *args* |
| 2782 | parameter. In either case, the arguments to the child process should start with |
| 2783 | the name of the command being run, but this is not enforced. |
| 2784 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2785 | The variants which include a "p" near the end (:func:`execlp`, |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2786 | :func:`execlpe`, :func:`execvp`, and :func:`execvpe`) will use the |
| 2787 | :envvar:`PATH` environment variable to locate the program *file*. When the |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2788 | environment is being replaced (using one of the :func:`exec\*e <execl>` variants, |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2789 | discussed in the next paragraph), the new environment is used as the source of |
| 2790 | the :envvar:`PATH` variable. The other variants, :func:`execl`, :func:`execle`, |
| 2791 | :func:`execv`, and :func:`execve`, will not use the :envvar:`PATH` variable to |
| 2792 | locate the executable; *path* must contain an appropriate absolute or relative |
| 2793 | path. |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 | For :func:`execle`, :func:`execlpe`, :func:`execve`, and :func:`execvpe` (note |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2796 | that these all end in "e"), the *env* parameter must be a mapping which is |
Christian Heimes | a342c01 | 2008-04-20 21:01:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2797 | used to define the environment variables for the new process (these are used |
| 2798 | instead of the current process' environment); the functions :func:`execl`, |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 | :func:`execlp`, :func:`execv`, and :func:`execvp` all cause the new process to |
Georg Brandl | 48310cd | 2009-01-03 21:18:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2800 | inherit the environment of the current process. |
Benjamin Peterson | e9bbc8b | 2008-09-28 02:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2802 | For :func:`execve` on some platforms, *path* may also be specified as an open |
| 2803 | file descriptor. This functionality may not be supported on your platform; |
| 2804 | you can check whether or not it is available using :data:`os.supports_fd`. |
| 2805 | If it is unavailable, using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`. |
| 2806 | |
Benjamin Peterson | e9bbc8b | 2008-09-28 02:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2807 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2808 | |
Larry Hastings | 9cf065c | 2012-06-22 16:30:09 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2809 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 2810 | Added support for specifying an open file descriptor for *path* |
| 2811 | for :func:`execve`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2812 | |
| 2813 | .. function:: _exit(n) |
| 2814 | |
Georg Brandl | 6f4e68d | 2010-10-17 10:51:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2815 | Exit the process with status *n*, without calling cleanup handlers, flushing |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2816 | stdio buffers, etc. |
| 2817 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2818 | .. note:: |
| 2819 | |
Georg Brandl | 6f4e68d | 2010-10-17 10:51:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2820 | The standard way to exit is ``sys.exit(n)``. :func:`_exit` should |
| 2821 | normally only be used in the child process after a :func:`fork`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2823 | The following exit codes are defined and can be used with :func:`_exit`, |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2824 | although they are not required. These are typically used for system programs |
| 2825 | written in Python, such as a mail server's external command delivery program. |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 | .. note:: |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 | Some of these may not be available on all Unix platforms, since there is some |
| 2830 | variation. These constants are defined where they are defined by the underlying |
| 2831 | platform. |
| 2832 | |
| 2833 | |
| 2834 | .. data:: EX_OK |
| 2835 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2836 | Exit code that means no error occurred. |
| 2837 | |
| 2838 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2839 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2840 | |
| 2841 | .. data:: EX_USAGE |
| 2842 | |
| 2843 | Exit code that means the command was used incorrectly, such as when the wrong |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2844 | number of arguments are given. |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2847 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2848 | |
| 2849 | .. data:: EX_DATAERR |
| 2850 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2851 | Exit code that means the input data was incorrect. |
| 2852 | |
| 2853 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2854 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2855 | |
| 2856 | .. data:: EX_NOINPUT |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 | Exit code that means an input file did not exist or was not readable. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2859 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2860 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2861 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2862 | |
| 2863 | .. data:: EX_NOUSER |
| 2864 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2865 | Exit code that means a specified user did not exist. |
| 2866 | |
| 2867 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2868 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2869 | |
| 2870 | .. data:: EX_NOHOST |
| 2871 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | Exit code that means a specified host did not exist. |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2875 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2876 | |
| 2877 | .. data:: EX_UNAVAILABLE |
| 2878 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2879 | Exit code that means that a required service is unavailable. |
| 2880 | |
| 2881 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2883 | |
| 2884 | .. data:: EX_SOFTWARE |
| 2885 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2886 | Exit code that means an internal software error was detected. |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2889 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2890 | |
| 2891 | .. data:: EX_OSERR |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 | Exit code that means an operating system error was detected, such as the |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2894 | inability to fork or create a pipe. |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2897 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2898 | |
| 2899 | .. data:: EX_OSFILE |
| 2900 | |
| 2901 | Exit code that means some system file did not exist, could not be opened, or had |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2902 | some other kind of error. |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2905 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2906 | |
| 2907 | .. data:: EX_CANTCREAT |
| 2908 | |
| 2909 | Exit code that means a user specified output file could not be created. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2910 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2911 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2912 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2913 | |
| 2914 | .. data:: EX_IOERR |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 | Exit code that means that an error occurred while doing I/O on some file. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2918 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2919 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2920 | |
| 2921 | .. data:: EX_TEMPFAIL |
| 2922 | |
| 2923 | Exit code that means a temporary failure occurred. This indicates something |
| 2924 | that may not really be an error, such as a network connection that couldn't be |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2925 | made during a retryable operation. |
| 2926 | |
| 2927 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2928 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2929 | |
| 2930 | .. data:: EX_PROTOCOL |
| 2931 | |
| 2932 | Exit code that means that a protocol exchange was illegal, invalid, or not |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2933 | understood. |
| 2934 | |
| 2935 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2936 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2937 | |
| 2938 | .. data:: EX_NOPERM |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 | Exit code that means that there were insufficient permissions to perform the |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2941 | operation (but not intended for file system problems). |
| 2942 | |
| 2943 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2944 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2945 | |
| 2946 | .. data:: EX_CONFIG |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 | Exit code that means that some kind of configuration error occurred. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2949 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2950 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2951 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2952 | |
| 2953 | .. data:: EX_NOTFOUND |
| 2954 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | Exit code that means something like "an entry was not found". |
| 2956 | |
| 2957 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2958 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2959 | |
| 2960 | .. function:: fork() |
| 2961 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2962 | Fork a child process. Return ``0`` in the child and the child's process id in the |
Christian Heimes | dd15f6c | 2008-03-16 00:07:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2963 | parent. If an error occurs :exc:`OSError` is raised. |
Benjamin Peterson | bcd8ac3 | 2008-10-10 22:20:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2964 | |
Larry Hastings | 3732ed2 | 2014-03-15 21:13:56 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2965 | Note that some platforms including FreeBSD <= 6.3 and Cygwin have |
Benjamin Peterson | bcd8ac3 | 2008-10-10 22:20:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2966 | known issues when using fork() from a thread. |
| 2967 | |
Christian Heimes | 3046fe4 | 2013-10-29 21:08:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 | .. warning:: |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | See :mod:`ssl` for applications that use the SSL module with fork(). |
| 2971 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2972 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2973 | |
| 2974 | |
| 2975 | .. function:: forkpty() |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 | Fork a child process, using a new pseudo-terminal as the child's controlling |
| 2978 | terminal. Return a pair of ``(pid, fd)``, where *pid* is ``0`` in the child, the |
| 2979 | new child's process id in the parent, and *fd* is the file descriptor of the |
| 2980 | master end of the pseudo-terminal. For a more portable approach, use the |
Christian Heimes | dd15f6c | 2008-03-16 00:07:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2981 | :mod:`pty` module. If an error occurs :exc:`OSError` is raised. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2982 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2983 | Availability: some flavors of Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2984 | |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | .. function:: kill(pid, sig) |
| 2987 | |
| 2988 | .. index:: |
| 2989 | single: process; killing |
| 2990 | single: process; signalling |
| 2991 | |
| 2992 | Send signal *sig* to the process *pid*. Constants for the specific signals |
| 2993 | available on the host platform are defined in the :mod:`signal` module. |
Brian Curtin | eb24d74 | 2010-04-12 17:16:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2994 | |
| 2995 | Windows: The :data:`signal.CTRL_C_EVENT` and |
| 2996 | :data:`signal.CTRL_BREAK_EVENT` signals are special signals which can |
| 2997 | only be sent to console processes which share a common console window, |
| 2998 | e.g., some subprocesses. Any other value for *sig* will cause the process |
| 2999 | to be unconditionally killed by the TerminateProcess API, and the exit code |
| 3000 | will be set to *sig*. The Windows version of :func:`kill` additionally takes |
| 3001 | process handles to be killed. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3002 | |
Victor Stinner | b3e7219 | 2011-05-08 01:46:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3003 | See also :func:`signal.pthread_kill`. |
| 3004 | |
Georg Brandl | 67b21b7 | 2010-08-17 15:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3005 | .. versionadded:: 3.2 |
| 3006 | Windows support. |
Brian Curtin | 904bd39 | 2010-04-20 15:28:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3007 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3008 | |
| 3009 | .. function:: killpg(pgid, sig) |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 | .. index:: |
| 3012 | single: process; killing |
| 3013 | single: process; signalling |
| 3014 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3015 | Send the signal *sig* to the process group *pgid*. |
| 3016 | |
| 3017 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3018 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3019 | |
| 3020 | .. function:: nice(increment) |
| 3021 | |
| 3022 | Add *increment* to the process's "niceness". Return the new niceness. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3023 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3024 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3025 | |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 | .. function:: plock(op) |
| 3028 | |
| 3029 | Lock program segments into memory. The value of *op* (defined in |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3030 | ``<sys/lock.h>``) determines which segments are locked. |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3033 | |
| 3034 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3035 | .. function:: popen(cmd, mode='r', buffering=-1) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3036 | |
Martin Panter | bf19d16 | 2015-09-09 01:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3037 | Open a pipe to or from command *cmd*. |
| 3038 | The return value is an open file object |
Andrew Kuchling | f5a4292 | 2014-04-16 09:10:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3039 | connected to the pipe, which can be read or written depending on whether *mode* |
| 3040 | is ``'r'`` (default) or ``'w'``. The *buffering* argument has the same meaning as |
| 3041 | the corresponding argument to the built-in :func:`open` function. The |
| 3042 | returned file object reads or writes text strings rather than bytes. |
| 3043 | |
| 3044 | The ``close`` method returns :const:`None` if the subprocess exited |
| 3045 | successfully, or the subprocess's return code if there was an |
| 3046 | error. On POSIX systems, if the return code is positive it |
| 3047 | represents the return value of the process left-shifted by one |
| 3048 | byte. If the return code is negative, the process was terminated |
| 3049 | by the signal given by the negated value of the return code. (For |
| 3050 | example, the return value might be ``- signal.SIGKILL`` if the |
| 3051 | subprocess was killed.) On Windows systems, the return value |
| 3052 | contains the signed integer return code from the child process. |
| 3053 | |
| 3054 | This is implemented using :class:`subprocess.Popen`; see that class's |
| 3055 | documentation for more powerful ways to manage and communicate with |
| 3056 | subprocesses. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3057 | |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 | .. function:: spawnl(mode, path, ...) |
| 3060 | spawnle(mode, path, ..., env) |
| 3061 | spawnlp(mode, file, ...) |
| 3062 | spawnlpe(mode, file, ..., env) |
| 3063 | spawnv(mode, path, args) |
| 3064 | spawnve(mode, path, args, env) |
| 3065 | spawnvp(mode, file, args) |
| 3066 | spawnvpe(mode, file, args, env) |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | Execute the program *path* in a new process. |
| 3069 | |
| 3070 | (Note that the :mod:`subprocess` module provides more powerful facilities for |
| 3071 | spawning new processes and retrieving their results; using that module is |
Benjamin Peterson | 87c8d87 | 2009-06-11 22:54:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3072 | preferable to using these functions. Check especially the |
| 3073 | :ref:`subprocess-replacements` section.) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3074 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3075 | If *mode* is :const:`P_NOWAIT`, this function returns the process id of the new |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3076 | process; if *mode* is :const:`P_WAIT`, returns the process's exit code if it |
| 3077 | exits normally, or ``-signal``, where *signal* is the signal that killed the |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3078 | process. On Windows, the process id will actually be the process handle, so can |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3079 | be used with the :func:`waitpid` function. |
| 3080 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3081 | The "l" and "v" variants of the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` functions differ in how |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3082 | command-line arguments are passed. The "l" variants are perhaps the easiest |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3083 | to work with if the number of parameters is fixed when the code is written; the |
| 3084 | individual parameters simply become additional parameters to the |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3085 | :func:`spawnl\*` functions. The "v" variants are good when the number of |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3086 | parameters is variable, with the arguments being passed in a list or tuple as |
| 3087 | the *args* parameter. In either case, the arguments to the child process must |
| 3088 | start with the name of the command being run. |
| 3089 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3090 | The variants which include a second "p" near the end (:func:`spawnlp`, |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3091 | :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnvp`, and :func:`spawnvpe`) will use the |
| 3092 | :envvar:`PATH` environment variable to locate the program *file*. When the |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3093 | environment is being replaced (using one of the :func:`spawn\*e <spawnl>` variants, |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3094 | discussed in the next paragraph), the new environment is used as the source of |
| 3095 | the :envvar:`PATH` variable. The other variants, :func:`spawnl`, |
| 3096 | :func:`spawnle`, :func:`spawnv`, and :func:`spawnve`, will not use the |
| 3097 | :envvar:`PATH` variable to locate the executable; *path* must contain an |
| 3098 | appropriate absolute or relative path. |
| 3099 | |
| 3100 | For :func:`spawnle`, :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnve`, and :func:`spawnvpe` |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3101 | (note that these all end in "e"), the *env* parameter must be a mapping |
Christian Heimes | a342c01 | 2008-04-20 21:01:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3102 | which is used to define the environment variables for the new process (they are |
| 3103 | used instead of the current process' environment); the functions |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3104 | :func:`spawnl`, :func:`spawnlp`, :func:`spawnv`, and :func:`spawnvp` all cause |
Benjamin Peterson | d23f822 | 2009-04-05 19:13:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3105 | the new process to inherit the environment of the current process. Note that |
| 3106 | keys and values in the *env* dictionary must be strings; invalid keys or |
| 3107 | values will cause the function to fail, with a return value of ``127``. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3108 | |
| 3109 | As an example, the following calls to :func:`spawnlp` and :func:`spawnvpe` are |
| 3110 | equivalent:: |
| 3111 | |
| 3112 | import os |
| 3113 | os.spawnlp(os.P_WAIT, 'cp', 'cp', 'index.html', '/dev/null') |
| 3114 | |
| 3115 | L = ['cp', 'index.html', '/dev/null'] |
| 3116 | os.spawnvpe(os.P_WAIT, 'cp', L, os.environ) |
| 3117 | |
| 3118 | Availability: Unix, Windows. :func:`spawnlp`, :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnvp` |
Antoine Pitrou | 0e752dd | 2011-07-19 01:26:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3119 | and :func:`spawnvpe` are not available on Windows. :func:`spawnle` and |
| 3120 | :func:`spawnve` are not thread-safe on Windows; we advise you to use the |
| 3121 | :mod:`subprocess` module instead. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3122 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3123 | |
| 3124 | .. data:: P_NOWAIT |
| 3125 | P_NOWAITO |
| 3126 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3127 | Possible values for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3128 | functions. If either of these values is given, the :func:`spawn\*` functions |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3129 | will return as soon as the new process has been created, with the process id as |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3130 | the return value. |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3133 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3134 | |
| 3135 | .. data:: P_WAIT |
| 3136 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3137 | Possible value for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3138 | functions. If this is given as *mode*, the :func:`spawn\*` functions will not |
| 3139 | return until the new process has run to completion and will return the exit code |
| 3140 | of the process the run is successful, or ``-signal`` if a signal kills the |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3141 | process. |
| 3142 | |
| 3143 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3144 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3145 | |
| 3146 | .. data:: P_DETACH |
| 3147 | P_OVERLAY |
| 3148 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3149 | Possible values for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3150 | functions. These are less portable than those listed above. :const:`P_DETACH` |
| 3151 | is similar to :const:`P_NOWAIT`, but the new process is detached from the |
| 3152 | console of the calling process. If :const:`P_OVERLAY` is used, the current |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3153 | process will be replaced; the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` function will not return. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3154 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3155 | Availability: Windows. |
| 3156 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3157 | |
| 3158 | .. function:: startfile(path[, operation]) |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | Start a file with its associated application. |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | When *operation* is not specified or ``'open'``, this acts like double-clicking |
| 3163 | the file in Windows Explorer, or giving the file name as an argument to the |
| 3164 | :program:`start` command from the interactive command shell: the file is opened |
| 3165 | with whatever application (if any) its extension is associated. |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 | When another *operation* is given, it must be a "command verb" that specifies |
| 3168 | what should be done with the file. Common verbs documented by Microsoft are |
| 3169 | ``'print'`` and ``'edit'`` (to be used on files) as well as ``'explore'`` and |
| 3170 | ``'find'`` (to be used on directories). |
| 3171 | |
| 3172 | :func:`startfile` returns as soon as the associated application is launched. |
| 3173 | There is no option to wait for the application to close, and no way to retrieve |
| 3174 | the application's exit status. The *path* parameter is relative to the current |
| 3175 | directory. If you want to use an absolute path, make sure the first character |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3176 | is not a slash (``'/'``); the underlying Win32 :c:func:`ShellExecute` function |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3177 | doesn't work if it is. Use the :func:`os.path.normpath` function to ensure that |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3178 | the path is properly encoded for Win32. |
| 3179 | |
Steve Dower | 7d0e0c9 | 2015-01-24 08:18:24 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3180 | To reduce interpreter startup overhead, the Win32 :c:func:`ShellExecute` |
| 3181 | function is not resolved until this function is first called. If the function |
| 3182 | cannot be resolved, :exc:`NotImplementedError` will be raised. |
| 3183 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3184 | Availability: Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3185 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3186 | |
| 3187 | .. function:: system(command) |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 | Execute the command (a string) in a subshell. This is implemented by calling |
Georg Brandl | 60203b4 | 2010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3190 | the Standard C function :c:func:`system`, and has the same limitations. |
Georg Brandl | 8f7b427 | 2010-10-14 06:35:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3191 | Changes to :data:`sys.stdin`, etc. are not reflected in the environment of |
| 3192 | the executed command. If *command* generates any output, it will be sent to |
| 3193 | the interpreter standard output stream. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3194 | |
| 3195 | On Unix, the return value is the exit status of the process encoded in the |
Georg Brandl | 8f7b427 | 2010-10-14 06:35:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3196 | format specified for :func:`wait`. Note that POSIX does not specify the |
| 3197 | meaning of the return value of the C :c:func:`system` function, so the return |
| 3198 | value of the Python function is system-dependent. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3199 | |
Georg Brandl | 8f7b427 | 2010-10-14 06:35:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3200 | On Windows, the return value is that returned by the system shell after |
| 3201 | running *command*. The shell is given by the Windows environment variable |
| 3202 | :envvar:`COMSPEC`: it is usually :program:`cmd.exe`, which returns the exit |
| 3203 | status of the command run; on systems using a non-native shell, consult your |
| 3204 | shell documentation. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3205 | |
Georg Brandl | 8f7b427 | 2010-10-14 06:35:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3206 | The :mod:`subprocess` module provides more powerful facilities for spawning |
| 3207 | new processes and retrieving their results; using that module is preferable |
| 3208 | to using this function. See the :ref:`subprocess-replacements` section in |
| 3209 | the :mod:`subprocess` documentation for some helpful recipes. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3210 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3211 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
| 3212 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3213 | |
| 3214 | .. function:: times() |
| 3215 | |
Larry Hastings | 605a62d | 2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3216 | Returns the current global process times. |
| 3217 | The return value is an object with five attributes: |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 | * :attr:`user` - user time |
| 3220 | * :attr:`system` - system time |
| 3221 | * :attr:`children_user` - user time of all child processes |
| 3222 | * :attr:`children_system` - system time of all child processes |
| 3223 | * :attr:`elapsed` - elapsed real time since a fixed point in the past |
| 3224 | |
| 3225 | For backwards compatibility, this object also behaves like a five-tuple |
| 3226 | containing :attr:`user`, :attr:`system`, :attr:`children_user`, |
| 3227 | :attr:`children_system`, and :attr:`elapsed` in that order. |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 | See the Unix manual page |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3230 | :manpage:`times(2)` or the corresponding Windows Platform API documentation. |
Larry Hastings | 605a62d | 2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3231 | On Windows, only :attr:`user` and :attr:`system` are known; the other |
| 3232 | attributes are zero. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3233 | |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3234 | Availability: Unix, Windows. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3235 | |
Larry Hastings | 605a62d | 2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3236 | .. versionchanged:: 3.3 |
| 3237 | Return type changed from a tuple to a tuple-like object |
| 3238 | with named attributes. |
| 3239 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3240 | |
| 3241 | .. function:: wait() |
| 3242 | |
| 3243 | Wait for completion of a child process, and return a tuple containing its pid |
| 3244 | and exit status indication: a 16-bit number, whose low byte is the signal number |
| 3245 | that killed the process, and whose high byte is the exit status (if the signal |
| 3246 | number is zero); the high bit of the low byte is set if a core file was |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3247 | produced. |
| 3248 | |
| 3249 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3250 | |
Ross Lagerwall | 7807c35 | 2011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3251 | .. function:: waitid(idtype, id, options) |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 | Wait for the completion of one or more child processes. |
| 3254 | *idtype* can be :data:`P_PID`, :data:`P_PGID` or :data:`P_ALL`. |
| 3255 | *id* specifies the pid to wait on. |
| 3256 | *options* is constructed from the ORing of one or more of :data:`WEXITED`, |
| 3257 | :data:`WSTOPPED` or :data:`WCONTINUED` and additionally may be ORed with |
| 3258 | :data:`WNOHANG` or :data:`WNOWAIT`. The return value is an object |
| 3259 | representing the data contained in the :c:type:`siginfo_t` structure, namely: |
| 3260 | :attr:`si_pid`, :attr:`si_uid`, :attr:`si_signo`, :attr:`si_status`, |
| 3261 | :attr:`si_code` or ``None`` if :data:`WNOHANG` is specified and there are no |
| 3262 | children in a waitable state. |
| 3263 | |
| 3264 | Availability: Unix. |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 3267 | |
| 3268 | .. data:: P_PID |
| 3269 | P_PGID |
| 3270 | P_ALL |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 | These are the possible values for *idtype* in :func:`waitid`. They affect |
| 3273 | how *id* is interpreted. |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 | Availability: Unix. |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 | .. data:: WEXITED |
| 3280 | WSTOPPED |
| 3281 | WNOWAIT |
| 3282 | |
| 3283 | Flags that can be used in *options* in :func:`waitid` that specify what |
| 3284 | child signal to wait for. |
| 3285 | |
| 3286 | Availability: Unix. |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | |
| 3291 | .. data:: CLD_EXITED |
| 3292 | CLD_DUMPED |
| 3293 | CLD_TRAPPED |
| 3294 | CLD_CONTINUED |
| 3295 | |
| 3296 | These are the possible values for :attr:`si_code` in the result returned by |
| 3297 | :func:`waitid`. |
| 3298 | |
| 3299 | Availability: Unix. |
| 3300 | |
| 3301 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 3302 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3303 | |
| 3304 | .. function:: waitpid(pid, options) |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 | The details of this function differ on Unix and Windows. |
| 3307 | |
| 3308 | On Unix: Wait for completion of a child process given by process id *pid*, and |
| 3309 | return a tuple containing its process id and exit status indication (encoded as |
| 3310 | for :func:`wait`). The semantics of the call are affected by the value of the |
| 3311 | integer *options*, which should be ``0`` for normal operation. |
| 3312 | |
| 3313 | If *pid* is greater than ``0``, :func:`waitpid` requests status information for |
| 3314 | that specific process. If *pid* is ``0``, the request is for the status of any |
| 3315 | child in the process group of the current process. If *pid* is ``-1``, the |
| 3316 | request pertains to any child of the current process. If *pid* is less than |
| 3317 | ``-1``, status is requested for any process in the process group ``-pid`` (the |
| 3318 | absolute value of *pid*). |
| 3319 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 4cd6a95 | 2008-08-17 20:23:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3320 | An :exc:`OSError` is raised with the value of errno when the syscall |
| 3321 | returns -1. |
| 3322 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3323 | On Windows: Wait for completion of a process given by process handle *pid*, and |
| 3324 | return a tuple containing *pid*, and its exit status shifted left by 8 bits |
| 3325 | (shifting makes cross-platform use of the function easier). A *pid* less than or |
| 3326 | equal to ``0`` has no special meaning on Windows, and raises an exception. The |
| 3327 | value of integer *options* has no effect. *pid* can refer to any process whose |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3328 | id is known, not necessarily a child process. The :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` |
| 3329 | functions called with :const:`P_NOWAIT` return suitable process handles. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3330 | |
Victor Stinner | a766ddf | 2015-03-26 23:50:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3331 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5 |
Victor Stinner | 708d9ba | 2015-04-02 11:49:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3332 | If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an |
Victor Stinner | a766ddf | 2015-03-26 23:50:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3333 | exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an |
| 3334 | :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale). |
| 3335 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3336 | |
Ezio Melotti | ba4d8ed | 2012-11-23 19:45:52 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3337 | .. function:: wait3(options) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3338 | |
| 3339 | Similar to :func:`waitpid`, except no process id argument is given and a |
| 3340 | 3-element tuple containing the child's process id, exit status indication, and |
| 3341 | resource usage information is returned. Refer to :mod:`resource`.\ |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3342 | :func:`~resource.getrusage` for details on resource usage information. The |
| 3343 | option argument is the same as that provided to :func:`waitpid` and |
| 3344 | :func:`wait4`. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3345 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3346 | Availability: Unix. |
| 3347 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3348 | |
Victor Stinner | 4195b5c | 2012-02-08 23:03:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3349 | .. function:: wait4(pid, options) |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3350 | |
| 3351 | Similar to :func:`waitpid`, except a 3-element tuple, containing the child's |
| 3352 | process id, exit status indication, and resource usage information is returned. |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3353 | Refer to :mod:`resource`.\ :func:`~resource.getrusage` for details on |
| 3354 | resource usage information. The arguments to :func:`wait4` are the same |
| 3355 | as those provided to :func:`waitpid`. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3356 | |
| 3357 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3358 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3359 | |
| 3360 | .. data:: WNOHANG |
| 3361 | |
| 3362 | The option for :func:`waitpid` to return immediately if no child process status |
| 3363 | is available immediately. The function returns ``(0, 0)`` in this case. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3364 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3365 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3366 | |
| 3367 | |
| 3368 | .. data:: WCONTINUED |
| 3369 | |
| 3370 | This option causes child processes to be reported if they have been continued |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3371 | from a job control stop since their status was last reported. |
| 3372 | |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3373 | Availability: some Unix systems. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3374 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3375 | |
| 3376 | .. data:: WUNTRACED |
| 3377 | |
| 3378 | This option causes child processes to be reported if they have been stopped but |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3379 | their current state has not been reported since they were stopped. |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3382 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3383 | |
| 3384 | The following functions take a process status code as returned by |
| 3385 | :func:`system`, :func:`wait`, or :func:`waitpid` as a parameter. They may be |
| 3386 | used to determine the disposition of a process. |
| 3387 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3388 | .. function:: WCOREDUMP(status) |
| 3389 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3390 | Return ``True`` if a core dump was generated for the process, otherwise |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3391 | return ``False``. |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3394 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3395 | |
| 3396 | .. function:: WIFCONTINUED(status) |
| 3397 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3398 | Return ``True`` if the process has been continued from a job control stop, |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3399 | otherwise return ``False``. |
| 3400 | |
| 3401 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3402 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3403 | |
| 3404 | .. function:: WIFSTOPPED(status) |
| 3405 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3406 | Return ``True`` if the process has been stopped, otherwise return |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3407 | ``False``. |
| 3408 | |
| 3409 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3410 | |
| 3411 | |
| 3412 | .. function:: WIFSIGNALED(status) |
| 3413 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3414 | Return ``True`` if the process exited due to a signal, otherwise return |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3415 | ``False``. |
| 3416 | |
| 3417 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3418 | |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 | .. function:: WIFEXITED(status) |
| 3421 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3422 | Return ``True`` if the process exited using the :manpage:`exit(2)` system call, |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3423 | otherwise return ``False``. |
| 3424 | |
| 3425 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3426 | |
| 3427 | |
| 3428 | .. function:: WEXITSTATUS(status) |
| 3429 | |
| 3430 | If ``WIFEXITED(status)`` is true, return the integer parameter to the |
| 3431 | :manpage:`exit(2)` system call. Otherwise, the return value is meaningless. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3432 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3433 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3434 | |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | .. function:: WSTOPSIG(status) |
| 3437 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3438 | Return the signal which caused the process to stop. |
| 3439 | |
| 3440 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3441 | |
| 3442 | |
| 3443 | .. function:: WTERMSIG(status) |
| 3444 | |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3445 | Return the signal which caused the process to exit. |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3448 | |
| 3449 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 94b580d | 2011-08-02 17:30:04 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3450 | Interface to the scheduler |
| 3451 | -------------------------- |
| 3452 | |
| 3453 | These functions control how a process is allocated CPU time by the operating |
| 3454 | system. They are only available on some Unix platforms. For more detailed |
| 3455 | information, consult your Unix manpages. |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
| 3458 | |
Andrew Kuchling | 4921a08 | 2013-06-21 11:49:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3459 | The following scheduling policies are exposed if they are supported by the |
Benjamin Peterson | 94b580d | 2011-08-02 17:30:04 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3460 | operating system. |
| 3461 | |
| 3462 | .. data:: SCHED_OTHER |
| 3463 | |
| 3464 | The default scheduling policy. |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 | .. data:: SCHED_BATCH |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 | Scheduling policy for CPU-intensive processes that tries to preserve |
| 3469 | interactivity on the rest of the computer. |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 | .. data:: SCHED_IDLE |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 | Scheduling policy for extremely low priority background tasks. |
| 3474 | |
| 3475 | .. data:: SCHED_SPORADIC |
| 3476 | |
| 3477 | Scheduling policy for sporadic server programs. |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 | .. data:: SCHED_FIFO |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | A First In First Out scheduling policy. |
| 3482 | |
| 3483 | .. data:: SCHED_RR |
| 3484 | |
| 3485 | A round-robin scheduling policy. |
| 3486 | |
| 3487 | .. data:: SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 | This flag can OR'ed with any other scheduling policy. When a process with |
| 3490 | this flag set forks, its child's scheduling policy and priority are reset to |
| 3491 | the default. |
| 3492 | |
| 3493 | |
| 3494 | .. class:: sched_param(sched_priority) |
| 3495 | |
| 3496 | This class represents tunable scheduling parameters used in |
| 3497 | :func:`sched_setparam`, :func:`sched_setscheduler`, and |
| 3498 | :func:`sched_getparam`. It is immutable. |
| 3499 | |
| 3500 | At the moment, there is only one possible parameter: |
| 3501 | |
| 3502 | .. attribute:: sched_priority |
| 3503 | |
| 3504 | The scheduling priority for a scheduling policy. |
| 3505 | |
| 3506 | |
| 3507 | .. function:: sched_get_priority_min(policy) |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | Get the minimum priority value for *policy*. *policy* is one of the |
| 3510 | scheduling policy constants above. |
| 3511 | |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 | .. function:: sched_get_priority_max(policy) |
| 3514 | |
| 3515 | Get the maximum priority value for *policy*. *policy* is one of the |
| 3516 | scheduling policy constants above. |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 | .. function:: sched_setscheduler(pid, policy, param) |
| 3520 | |
| 3521 | Set the scheduling policy for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means |
| 3522 | the calling process. *policy* is one of the scheduling policy constants |
| 3523 | above. *param* is a :class:`sched_param` instance. |
| 3524 | |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 | .. function:: sched_getscheduler(pid) |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 | Return the scheduling policy for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 |
| 3529 | means the calling process. The result is one of the scheduling policy |
| 3530 | constants above. |
| 3531 | |
| 3532 | |
| 3533 | .. function:: sched_setparam(pid, param) |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 | Set a scheduling parameters for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means |
| 3536 | the calling process. *param* is a :class:`sched_param` instance. |
| 3537 | |
| 3538 | |
| 3539 | .. function:: sched_getparam(pid) |
| 3540 | |
| 3541 | Return the scheduling parameters as a :class:`sched_param` instance for the |
| 3542 | process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means the calling process. |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 | |
| 3545 | .. function:: sched_rr_get_interval(pid) |
| 3546 | |
| 3547 | Return the round-robin quantum in seconds for the process with PID *pid*. A |
| 3548 | *pid* of 0 means the calling process. |
| 3549 | |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 | .. function:: sched_yield() |
| 3552 | |
| 3553 | Voluntarily relinquish the CPU. |
| 3554 | |
| 3555 | |
Benjamin Peterson | 94b580d | 2011-08-02 17:30:04 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3556 | .. function:: sched_setaffinity(pid, mask) |
| 3557 | |
Antoine Pitrou | 8486987 | 2012-08-04 16:16:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3558 | Restrict the process with PID *pid* (or the current process if zero) to a |
| 3559 | set of CPUs. *mask* is an iterable of integers representing the set of |
| 3560 | CPUs to which the process should be restricted. |
Benjamin Peterson | 94b580d | 2011-08-02 17:30:04 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3561 | |
| 3562 | |
Antoine Pitrou | 8486987 | 2012-08-04 16:16:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3563 | .. function:: sched_getaffinity(pid) |
Benjamin Peterson | 94b580d | 2011-08-02 17:30:04 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3564 | |
Antoine Pitrou | 8486987 | 2012-08-04 16:16:35 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3565 | Return the set of CPUs the process with PID *pid* (or the current process |
| 3566 | if zero) is restricted to. |
Benjamin Peterson | 94b580d | 2011-08-02 17:30:04 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3567 | |
| 3568 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3569 | .. _os-path: |
| 3570 | |
| 3571 | Miscellaneous System Information |
| 3572 | -------------------------------- |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 | |
| 3575 | .. function:: confstr(name) |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | Return string-valued system configuration values. *name* specifies the |
| 3578 | configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the name of a |
| 3579 | defined system value; these names are specified in a number of standards (POSIX, |
| 3580 | Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define additional names as well. |
| 3581 | The names known to the host operating system are given as the keys of the |
| 3582 | ``confstr_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not included in that |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3583 | mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3584 | |
| 3585 | If the configuration value specified by *name* isn't defined, ``None`` is |
| 3586 | returned. |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 | If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a |
| 3589 | specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is |
| 3590 | included in ``confstr_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with |
| 3591 | :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number. |
| 3592 | |
Georg Brandl | 8a5555f | 2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3593 | Availability: Unix. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3594 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3595 | |
| 3596 | .. data:: confstr_names |
| 3597 | |
| 3598 | Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`confstr` to the integer values |
| 3599 | defined for those names by the host operating system. This can be used to |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3600 | determine the set of names known to the system. |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3603 | |
| 3604 | |
Charles-Francois Natali | 44feda3 | 2013-05-20 14:40:46 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3605 | .. function:: cpu_count() |
| 3606 | |
| 3607 | Return the number of CPUs in the system. Returns None if undetermined. |
| 3608 | |
| 3609 | .. versionadded:: 3.4 |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3612 | .. function:: getloadavg() |
| 3613 | |
Christian Heimes | a62da1d | 2008-01-12 19:39:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3614 | Return the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over the last |
| 3615 | 1, 5, and 15 minutes or raises :exc:`OSError` if the load average was |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3616 | unobtainable. |
| 3617 | |
| 3618 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3619 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3620 | |
| 3621 | .. function:: sysconf(name) |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | Return integer-valued system configuration values. If the configuration value |
| 3624 | specified by *name* isn't defined, ``-1`` is returned. The comments regarding |
| 3625 | the *name* parameter for :func:`confstr` apply here as well; the dictionary that |
| 3626 | provides information on the known names is given by ``sysconf_names``. |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3627 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3628 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3629 | |
| 3630 | |
| 3631 | .. data:: sysconf_names |
| 3632 | |
| 3633 | Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`sysconf` to the integer values |
| 3634 | defined for those names by the host operating system. This can be used to |
Benjamin Peterson | f650e46 | 2010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3635 | determine the set of names known to the system. |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 | Availability: Unix. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3638 | |
Christian Heimes | faf2f63 | 2008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3639 | The following data values are used to support path manipulation operations. These |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3640 | are defined for all platforms. |
| 3641 | |
| 3642 | Higher-level operations on pathnames are defined in the :mod:`os.path` module. |
| 3643 | |
| 3644 | |
| 3645 | .. data:: curdir |
| 3646 | |
| 3647 | The constant string used by the operating system to refer to the current |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3648 | directory. This is ``'.'`` for Windows and POSIX. Also available via |
| 3649 | :mod:`os.path`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3650 | |
| 3651 | |
| 3652 | .. data:: pardir |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 | The constant string used by the operating system to refer to the parent |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3655 | directory. This is ``'..'`` for Windows and POSIX. Also available via |
| 3656 | :mod:`os.path`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3657 | |
| 3658 | |
| 3659 | .. data:: sep |
| 3660 | |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3661 | The character used by the operating system to separate pathname components. |
| 3662 | This is ``'/'`` for POSIX and ``'\\'`` for Windows. Note that knowing this |
| 3663 | is not sufficient to be able to parse or concatenate pathnames --- use |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3664 | :func:`os.path.split` and :func:`os.path.join` --- but it is occasionally |
| 3665 | useful. Also available via :mod:`os.path`. |
| 3666 | |
| 3667 | |
| 3668 | .. data:: altsep |
| 3669 | |
| 3670 | An alternative character used by the operating system to separate pathname |
| 3671 | components, or ``None`` if only one separator character exists. This is set to |
| 3672 | ``'/'`` on Windows systems where ``sep`` is a backslash. Also available via |
| 3673 | :mod:`os.path`. |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 | |
| 3676 | .. data:: extsep |
| 3677 | |
| 3678 | The character which separates the base filename from the extension; for example, |
| 3679 | the ``'.'`` in :file:`os.py`. Also available via :mod:`os.path`. |
| 3680 | |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3681 | |
| 3682 | .. data:: pathsep |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 | The character conventionally used by the operating system to separate search |
| 3685 | path components (as in :envvar:`PATH`), such as ``':'`` for POSIX or ``';'`` for |
| 3686 | Windows. Also available via :mod:`os.path`. |
| 3687 | |
| 3688 | |
| 3689 | .. data:: defpath |
| 3690 | |
Serhiy Storchaka | dab8354 | 2013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3691 | The default search path used by :func:`exec\*p\* <execl>` and |
| 3692 | :func:`spawn\*p\* <spawnl>` if the environment doesn't have a ``'PATH'`` |
| 3693 | key. Also available via :mod:`os.path`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3694 | |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 | .. data:: linesep |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 | The string used to separate (or, rather, terminate) lines on the current |
Georg Brandl | c575c90 | 2008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3699 | platform. This may be a single character, such as ``'\n'`` for POSIX, or |
| 3700 | multiple characters, for example, ``'\r\n'`` for Windows. Do not use |
| 3701 | *os.linesep* as a line terminator when writing files opened in text mode (the |
| 3702 | default); use a single ``'\n'`` instead, on all platforms. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3703 | |
| 3704 | |
| 3705 | .. data:: devnull |
| 3706 | |
Georg Brandl | 850a990 | 2010-05-21 22:04:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3707 | The file path of the null device. For example: ``'/dev/null'`` for |
| 3708 | POSIX, ``'nul'`` for Windows. Also available via :mod:`os.path`. |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3709 | |
Andrew Kuchling | 4921a08 | 2013-06-21 11:49:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3710 | .. data:: RTLD_LAZY |
| 3711 | RTLD_NOW |
| 3712 | RTLD_GLOBAL |
| 3713 | RTLD_LOCAL |
| 3714 | RTLD_NODELETE |
| 3715 | RTLD_NOLOAD |
| 3716 | RTLD_DEEPBIND |
| 3717 | |
| 3718 | Flags for use with the :func:`~sys.setdlopenflags` and |
| 3719 | :func:`~sys.getdlopenflags` functions. See the Unix manual page |
| 3720 | :manpage:`dlopen(3)` for what the different flags mean. |
| 3721 | |
| 3722 | .. versionadded:: 3.3 |
Georg Brandl | 116aa62 | 2007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3723 | |
| 3724 | .. _os-miscfunc: |
| 3725 | |
| 3726 | Miscellaneous Functions |
| 3727 | ----------------------- |
| 3728 | |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | .. function:: urandom(n) |
| 3731 | |
| 3732 | Return a string of *n* random bytes suitable for cryptographic use. |
| 3733 | |
| 3734 | This function returns random bytes from an OS-specific randomness source. The |
| 3735 | returned data should be unpredictable enough for cryptographic applications, |
Georg Brandl | f62445a | 2012-06-24 13:31:20 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3736 | though its exact quality depends on the OS implementation. On a Unix-like |
Georg Brandl | c6a2c9b | 2013-10-06 18:43:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3737 | system this will query ``/dev/urandom``, and on Windows it will use |
| 3738 | ``CryptGenRandom()``. If a randomness source is not found, |
| 3739 | :exc:`NotImplementedError` will be raised. |
Andrew Svetlov | 03cb99c | 2012-10-16 13:15:06 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3740 | |
Andrew Svetlov | 2bfe386 | 2012-10-16 13:52:25 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3741 | For an easy-to-use interface to the random number generator |
| 3742 | provided by your platform, please see :class:`random.SystemRandom`. |
Victor Stinner | ace8848 | 2015-07-29 02:28:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3743 | |
| 3744 | .. versionchanged:: 3.5 |
| 3745 | On Linux 3.17 and newer, the ``getrandom()`` syscall is now used |
| 3746 | when available. On OpenBSD 5.6 and newer, the C ``getentropy()`` |
| 3747 | function is now used. These functions avoid the usage of an internal file |
| 3748 | descriptor. |